| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// | 
 | 2 | // | 
 | 3 | //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure | 
 | 4 | // | 
| Chris Lattner | 0bc735f | 2007-12-29 19:59:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source | 
 | 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | // | 
 | 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | 9 | // | 
 | 10 | //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. | 
 | 11 | // | 
 | 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | 13 |  | 
 | 14 | #include "Sema.h" | 
| Anders Carlsson | c44eec6 | 2008-07-03 04:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | #include "clang/AST/APValue.h" | 
| Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | 
| Daniel Dunbar | c4a1dea | 2008-08-11 05:35:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | 
| Chris Lattner | 6b6b537 | 2008-06-26 18:38:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | #include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h" | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | 
| Steve Naroff | 4c49a6c | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | 
 | 23 | // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) | 
| Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | 
| Steve Naroff | 4c49a6c | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h" | 
| Douglas Gregor | e267ff3 | 2008-12-11 20:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | #include <algorithm> | 
 | 29 | #include <functional> | 
| Douglas Gregor | e267ff3 | 2008-12-11 20:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 30 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | using namespace clang; | 
 | 32 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | b696ea3 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | Sema::TypeTy *Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, | 
 | 34 |                                 Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7176fff | 2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 35 |   Decl *IIDecl = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 36 |   LookupResult Result = LookupParsedName(S, SS, &II, LookupOrdinaryName, false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7176fff | 2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 37 |   switch (Result.getKind()) { | 
| Steve Naroff | a518903 | 2009-01-29 18:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 38 |     case LookupResult::NotFound: | 
 | 39 |     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: | 
| Douglas Gregor | b696ea3 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 40 |       return 0; | 
 | 41 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | a518903 | 2009-01-29 18:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 |     case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: | 
 | 43 |     case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 |     case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: | 
| Douglas Gregor | b696ea3 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 45 |       DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&II), NameLoc); | 
| Steve Naroff | a518903 | 2009-01-29 18:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 46 |       return 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | b696ea3 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 47 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | a518903 | 2009-01-29 18:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 48 |     case LookupResult::Found: | 
 | 49 |       IIDecl = Result.getAsDecl(); | 
 | 50 |       break; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7176fff | 2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 51 |   } | 
 | 52 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | a518903 | 2009-01-29 18:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 53 |   if (IIDecl) { | 
 | 54 |     if (isa<TypedefDecl>(IIDecl) ||  | 
 | 55 |         isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl) || | 
 | 56 |         isa<TagDecl>(IIDecl) || | 
 | 57 |         isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(IIDecl)) | 
 | 58 |       return IIDecl; | 
 | 59 |   } | 
| Steve Naroff | 3536b44 | 2007-09-06 21:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 60 |   return 0; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 61 | } | 
 | 62 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 63 | DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 64 |   if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 65 |     // A C++ out-of-line method will return to the file declaration context. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 5239304 | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 66 |     if (MD->isOutOfLineDefinition()) | 
 | 67 |       return MD->getLexicalDeclContext(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 68 |  | 
 | 69 |     // A C++ inline method is parsed *after* the topmost class it was declared in | 
 | 70 |     // is fully parsed (it's "complete"). | 
 | 71 |     // The parsing of a C++ inline method happens at the declaration context of | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 77407b8 | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 72 |     // the topmost (non-nested) class it is lexically declared in. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 73 |     assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(MD->getParent()) && "C++ method not in Record."); | 
 | 74 |     DC = MD->getParent(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 77407b8 | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 75 |     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 76 |       DC = RD; | 
 | 77 |  | 
 | 78 |     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is | 
 | 79 |     // declared in. | 
 | 80 |     return DC; | 
 | 81 |   } | 
 | 82 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 5239304 | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 83 |   if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) | 
 | 84 |     return Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | 
 | 85 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 |   if (Decl *D = dyn_cast<Decl>(DC)) | 
 | 87 |     return D->getLexicalDeclContext(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 77407b8 | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 89 |   return DC->getLexicalParent(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 90 | } | 
 | 91 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 92 | void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 93 |   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && | 
| Zhongxing Xu | e50897a | 2008-12-08 07:14:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 94 |       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); | 
| Chris Lattner | 9fdf9c6 | 2008-04-22 18:39:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 95 |   CurContext = DC; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 96 |   S->setEntity(DC); | 
| Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 97 | } | 
 | 98 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b048c98 | 2008-04-06 04:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 99 | void Sema::PopDeclContext() { | 
 | 100 |   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 101 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 102 |   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); | 
| Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 103 | } | 
 | 104 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 105 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. | 
 | 106 | void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 107 |   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing | 
 | 108 |   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this | 
 | 109 |   // scope. | 
 | 110 |   while (S->getEntity() &&  | 
 | 111 |          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) | 
 | 112 |     S = S->getParent(); | 
 | 113 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 114 |   S->AddDecl(D); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 115 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 116 |   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be | 
 | 117 |   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted | 
 | 118 |   // into any context. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 119 |   CurContext->addDecl(D); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 120 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 121 |   // C++ [basic.scope]p4: | 
 | 122 |   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or | 
 | 123 |   //   enumeration name that is not a typedef name and the other | 
 | 124 |   //   declarations shall all refer to the same object or | 
 | 125 |   //   enumerator, or all refer to functions and function templates; | 
 | 126 |   //   in this case the class name or enumeration name is hidden. | 
 | 127 |   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { | 
 | 128 |     // We are pushing the name of a tag (enum or class). | 
| Douglas Gregor | e21b994 | 2009-01-07 16:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 129 |     if (CurContext->getLookupContext()  | 
 | 130 |           == TD->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 131 |       // We're pushing the tag into the current context, which might | 
 | 132 |       // require some reshuffling in the identifier resolver. | 
 | 133 |       IdentifierResolver::iterator | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 134 |         I = IdResolver.begin(TD->getDeclName()), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 135 |         IEnd = IdResolver.end(); | 
 | 136 |       if (I != IEnd && isDeclInScope(*I, CurContext, S)) { | 
 | 137 |         NamedDecl *PrevDecl = *I; | 
 | 138 |         for (; I != IEnd && isDeclInScope(*I, CurContext, S);  | 
 | 139 |              PrevDecl = *I, ++I) { | 
 | 140 |           if (TD->declarationReplaces(*I)) { | 
 | 141 |             // This is a redeclaration. Remove it from the chain and | 
 | 142 |             // break out, so that we'll add in the shadowed | 
 | 143 |             // declaration. | 
 | 144 |             S->RemoveDecl(*I); | 
 | 145 |             if (PrevDecl == *I) { | 
 | 146 |               IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); | 
 | 147 |               IdResolver.AddDecl(TD); | 
 | 148 |               return; | 
 | 149 |             } else { | 
 | 150 |               IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); | 
 | 151 |               break; | 
 | 152 |             } | 
 | 153 |           } | 
 | 154 |         } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 155 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 156 |         // There is already a declaration with the same name in the same | 
 | 157 |         // scope, which is not a tag declaration. It must be found | 
 | 158 |         // before we find the new declaration, so insert the new | 
 | 159 |         // declaration at the end of the chain. | 
 | 160 |         IdResolver.AddShadowedDecl(TD, PrevDecl); | 
 | 161 |          | 
 | 162 |         return; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 163 |       } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 164 |     } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | f1af6a7 | 2008-10-22 23:08:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 165 |   } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 166 |     // We are pushing the name of a function, which might be an | 
 | 167 |     // overloaded name. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 168 |     FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 169 |     IdentifierResolver::iterator Redecl | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 170 |       = std::find_if(IdResolver.begin(FD->getDeclName()), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 171 |                      IdResolver.end(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 172 |                      std::bind1st(std::mem_fun(&NamedDecl::declarationReplaces), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 173 |                                   FD)); | 
 | 174 |     if (Redecl != IdResolver.end()) { | 
 | 175 |       // There is already a declaration of a function on our | 
 | 176 |       // IdResolver chain. Replace it with this declaration. | 
 | 177 |       S->RemoveDecl(*Redecl); | 
 | 178 |       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*Redecl); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 179 |     } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 180 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 181 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 182 |   IdResolver.AddDecl(D); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 183 | } | 
 | 184 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | b216c88 | 2007-10-09 22:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 185 | void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 186 |   if (S->decl_empty()) return; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 187 |   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && | 
 | 188 | 	 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 189 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 190 |   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); | 
 | 191 |        I != E; ++I) { | 
| Steve Naroff | c752d04 | 2007-09-13 18:10:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 192 |     Decl *TmpD = static_cast<Decl*>(*I); | 
 | 193 |     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 7643536 | 2008-06-10 01:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 194 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 195 |     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); | 
 | 196 |     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 7643536 | 2008-06-10 01:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 197 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 198 |     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; | 
| Chris Lattner | 7f925cc | 2008-04-11 07:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 199 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 200 |     // Remove this name from our lexical scope. | 
 | 201 |     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 202 |   } | 
 | 203 | } | 
 | 204 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | e8043c3 | 2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 205 | /// getObjCInterfaceDecl - Look up a for a class declaration in the scope. | 
 | 206 | /// return 0 if one not found. | 
| Steve Naroff | e8043c3 | 2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 207 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *Id) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 3110251 | 2008-04-02 18:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 208 |   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in | 
 | 209 |   // creation from this context. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 210 |   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupName(TUScope, Id, LookupOrdinaryName); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 4cabdfc | 2007-10-12 19:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 211 |    | 
| Steve Naroff | b327ce0 | 2008-04-02 14:35:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 212 |   return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 4cabdfc | 2007-10-12 19:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 213 | } | 
 | 214 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 215 | /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting | 
 | 216 | /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes | 
 | 217 | /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and | 
 | 218 | /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but | 
 | 219 | /// ill-formed in C++: | 
 | 220 | /// @code | 
 | 221 | /// struct S6 { | 
 | 222 | ///   enum { BAR } e; | 
 | 223 | /// }; | 
 | 224 | ///  | 
 | 225 | /// void test_S6() { | 
 | 226 | ///   struct S6 a; | 
 | 227 | ///   a.e = BAR; | 
 | 228 | /// } | 
 | 229 | /// @endcode | 
 | 230 | /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different | 
 | 231 | /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration | 
 | 232 | /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated | 
 | 233 | /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent | 
 | 234 | /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this | 
 | 235 | /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the | 
 | 236 | /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot | 
 | 237 | /// contain non-field names. | 
 | 238 | Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { | 
 | 239 |   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || | 
 | 240 |          (S->getEntity() &&  | 
 | 241 |           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || | 
 | 242 |          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) | 
 | 243 |     S = S->getParent(); | 
 | 244 |   return S; | 
 | 245 | } | 
 | 246 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 247 | void Sema::InitBuiltinVaListType() { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 248 |   if (!Context.getBuiltinVaListType().isNull()) | 
 | 249 |     return; | 
 | 250 |    | 
 | 251 |   IdentifierInfo *VaIdent = &Context.Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 252 |   NamedDecl *VaDecl = LookupName(TUScope, VaIdent, LookupOrdinaryName); | 
| Steve Naroff | 733002f | 2007-10-18 22:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 253 |   TypedefDecl *VaTypedef = cast<TypedefDecl>(VaDecl); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 254 |   Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(VaTypedef)); | 
 | 255 | } | 
 | 256 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 257 | /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at file scope. | 
 | 258 | /// lazily create a decl for it. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 259 | NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, | 
 | 260 |                                      Scope *S) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 261 |   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; | 
 | 262 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | bd7eb1c | 2008-09-28 05:54:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 263 |   if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasVAListUse(BID)) | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 264 |     InitBuiltinVaListType(); | 
 | 265 |      | 
| Anders Carlsson | b2cf357 | 2007-10-11 01:00:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 266 |   QualType R = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetBuiltinType(BID, Context);   | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ff898cd | 2008-04-17 14:47:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 267 |   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, | 
 | 268 |                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), | 
| Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 269 |                                            SourceLocation(), II, R, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 270 |                                            FunctionDecl::Extern, false); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 271 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 272 |   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the | 
 | 273 |   // FunctionDecl. | 
 | 274 |   if (FunctionTypeProto *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeProto>(R)) { | 
 | 275 |     llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | 
 | 276 |     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) | 
 | 277 |       Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 278 |                                            FT->getArgType(i), VarDecl::None, 0)); | 
| Ted Kremenek | fc76761 | 2009-01-14 00:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 279 |     New->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 280 |   } | 
 | 281 |    | 
 | 282 |    | 
 | 283 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | 7f925cc | 2008-04-11 07:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 284 |   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. | 
| Douglas Gregor | a8cc8ce | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 285 |   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to | 
 | 286 |   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext | 
 | 287 |   // entirely, but we're not there yet. | 
 | 288 |   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; | 
 | 289 |   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 290 |   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); | 
| Douglas Gregor | a8cc8ce | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 291 |   CurContext = SavedContext; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 292 |   return New; | 
 | 293 | } | 
 | 294 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | c42e118 | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 295 | /// GetStdNamespace - This method gets the C++ "std" namespace. This is where | 
 | 296 | /// everything from the standard library is defined. | 
 | 297 | NamespaceDecl *Sema::GetStdNamespace() { | 
 | 298 |   if (!StdNamespace) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 8edea83 | 2008-11-20 05:45:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 299 |     IdentifierInfo *StdIdent = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("std"); | 
| Sebastian Redl | c42e118 | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 300 |     DeclContext *Global = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 301 |     Decl *Std = LookupQualifiedName(Global, StdIdent, LookupNamespaceName); | 
| Sebastian Redl | c42e118 | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 302 |     StdNamespace = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(Std); | 
 | 303 |   } | 
 | 304 |   return StdNamespace; | 
 | 305 | } | 
 | 306 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 307 | /// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the same name | 
 | 308 | /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this | 
 | 309 | /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. | 
 | 310 | /// | 
| Steve Naroff | e8043c3 | 2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 311 | TypedefDecl *Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 312 |   bool objc_types = false; | 
| Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 313 |   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. | 
 | 314 |   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! | 
 | 315 |   if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 316 |     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); | 
 | 317 |     switch (TypeID->getLength()) { | 
 | 318 |     default: break; | 
 | 319 |     case 2:  | 
 | 320 |       if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) | 
 | 321 |         break; | 
| Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 322 |       Context.setObjCIdType(New); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 323 |       objc_types = true; | 
 | 324 |       break; | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 325 |     case 5: | 
 | 326 |       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) | 
 | 327 |         break; | 
| Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 328 |       Context.setObjCClassType(New); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 329 |       objc_types = true; | 
| Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 330 |       return New; | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 331 |     case 3: | 
 | 332 |       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) | 
 | 333 |         break; | 
| Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 334 |       Context.setObjCSelType(New); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 |       objc_types = true; | 
| Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 |       return New; | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 337 |     case 8: | 
 | 338 |       if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) | 
 | 339 |         break; | 
| Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 340 |       Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 341 |       objc_types = true; | 
| Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 342 |       return New; | 
 | 343 |     } | 
 | 344 |     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. | 
 | 345 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 346 |   // Verify the old decl was also a type. | 
 | 347 |   TypeDecl *Old = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(OldD); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 348 |   if (!Old) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 349 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)  | 
| Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 350 |       << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 351 |     if (!objc_types) | 
 | 352 |       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 353 |     return New; | 
 | 354 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 355 |  | 
 | 356 |   // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics.   | 
 | 357 |   QualType OldType; | 
 | 358 |   if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) | 
 | 359 |     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); | 
 | 360 |   else | 
 | 361 |     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); | 
 | 362 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 99cb997 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 363 |   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and | 
 | 364 |   // with any extensions enabled. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 365 |  | 
 | 366 |   if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() &&  | 
 | 367 |       Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) !=  | 
| Chris Lattner | 99cb997 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 368 |       Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 5dc266a | 2008-11-20 06:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 369 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 370 |       << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 371 |     if (!objc_types) | 
 | 372 |       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6037fcb | 2009-01-09 19:42:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 373 |     return New; | 
| Chris Lattner | 99cb997 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 374 |   } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 375 |   if (objc_types) return New; | 
| Eli Friedman | 54ecfce | 2008-06-11 06:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 376 |   if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) return New; | 
 | 377 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | bbe2743 | 2008-11-21 16:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 378 |   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: | 
 | 379 |   //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to | 
 | 380 |   //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer | 
 | 381 |   //   to the type to which it already refers. | 
 | 382 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) | 
 | 383 |     return New; | 
 | 384 |  | 
 | 385 |   // In C, redeclaration of a type is a constraint violation (6.7.2.3p1). | 
| Steve Naroff | 4c49a6c | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 386 |   // Apparently GCC, Intel, and Sun all silently ignore the redeclaration if | 
 | 387 |   // *either* declaration is in a system header. The code below implements | 
 | 388 |   // this adhoc compatibility rule. FIXME: The following code will not | 
 | 389 |   // work properly when compiling ".i" files (containing preprocessed output). | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 2fe0997 | 2008-09-12 18:10:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 390 |   if (PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings()) { | 
 | 391 |     SourceManager &SrcMgr = Context.getSourceManager(); | 
 | 392 |     if (SrcMgr.isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation())) | 
 | 393 |       return New; | 
 | 394 |     if (SrcMgr.isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())) | 
 | 395 |       return New; | 
 | 396 |   } | 
| Eli Friedman | 54ecfce | 2008-06-11 06:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 397 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 398 |   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 399 |   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 400 |   return New; | 
 | 401 | } | 
 | 402 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6b6b537 | 2008-06-26 18:38:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target | 
 | 404 | /// attribute. | 
| Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 405 | static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *decl, const Attr *target) { | 
 | 406 |   for (const Attr *attr = decl->getAttrs(); attr; attr = attr->getNext()) | 
 | 407 |     if (attr->getKind() == target->getKind()) | 
 | 408 |       return true; | 
 | 409 |  | 
 | 410 |   return false; | 
 | 411 | } | 
 | 412 |  | 
 | 413 | /// MergeAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. | 
 | 414 | static void MergeAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old) { | 
 | 415 |   Attr *attr = const_cast<Attr*>(Old->getAttrs()), *tmp; | 
 | 416 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 417 |   while (attr) { | 
 | 418 |      tmp = attr; | 
 | 419 |      attr = attr->getNext(); | 
 | 420 |  | 
 | 421 |     if (!DeclHasAttr(New, tmp)) { | 
| Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 422 |        tmp->setInherited(true); | 
| Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 423 |        New->addAttr(tmp); | 
 | 424 |     } else { | 
 | 425 |        tmp->setNext(0); | 
 | 426 |        delete(tmp); | 
 | 427 |     } | 
 | 428 |   } | 
| Nuno Lopes | 9141bee | 2008-06-01 22:53:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 429 |  | 
 | 430 |   Old->invalidateAttrs(); | 
| Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 431 | } | 
 | 432 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 433 | /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from | 
 | 434 | /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous | 
 | 435 | /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation, | 
 | 436 | /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 437 | /// Redeclaration will be set true if this New is a redeclaration OldD. | 
 | 438 | /// | 
 | 439 | /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not | 
 | 440 | /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are | 
 | 441 | /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be | 
 | 442 | /// merged with. | 
| Douglas Gregor | f009795 | 2008-04-21 02:02:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 443 | FunctionDecl * | 
 | 444 | Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, bool &Redeclaration) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 445 |   assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(OldD) &&  | 
 | 446 |          "Cannot merge with an overloaded function declaration"); | 
 | 447 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | f009795 | 2008-04-21 02:02:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 448 |   Redeclaration = false; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 449 |   // Verify the old decl was also a function. | 
 | 450 |   FunctionDecl *Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); | 
 | 451 |   if (!Old) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 5dc266a | 2008-11-20 06:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 452 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) | 
| Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 453 |       << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 454 |     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 455 |     return New; | 
 | 456 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 457 |  | 
 | 458 |   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, | 
 | 459 |   // implicit declaration, or a declaration. | 
 | 460 |   diag::kind PrevDiag; | 
 | 461 |   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 462 |     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 463 |   else if (Old->isImplicit()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 464 |     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 465 |   else  | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 466 |     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 467 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | 8bcfc5b | 2008-04-06 23:10:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 468 |   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); | 
 | 469 |   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5519644 | 2007-11-20 19:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 470 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 471 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 472 |     // (C++98 13.1p2): | 
 | 473 |     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: | 
 | 474 |     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type  | 
 | 475 |     //        cannot be overloaded. | 
 | 476 |     QualType OldReturnType  | 
 | 477 |       = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); | 
 | 478 |     QualType NewReturnType  | 
 | 479 |       = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); | 
 | 480 |     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { | 
 | 481 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); | 
 | 482 |       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3fc749d | 2008-12-23 00:26:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 483 |       Redeclaration = true; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 484 |       return New; | 
 | 485 |     } | 
 | 486 |  | 
 | 487 |     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); | 
 | 488 |     const CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); | 
 | 489 |     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { | 
 | 490 |       //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the  | 
 | 491 |       //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them  | 
 | 492 |       //       is a static member function declaration. | 
 | 493 |       if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { | 
 | 494 |         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); | 
 | 495 |         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); | 
 | 496 |         return New; | 
 | 497 |       } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9e7d9de | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 498 |  | 
 | 499 |       // C++ [class.mem]p1: | 
 | 500 |       //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the | 
 | 501 |       //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member | 
 | 502 |       //   class template can be declared and then later defined. | 
 | 503 |       if (OldMethod->getLexicalDeclContext() ==  | 
 | 504 |             NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()) { | 
 | 505 |         unsigned NewDiag; | 
 | 506 |         if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) | 
 | 507 |           NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; | 
 | 508 |         else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) | 
 | 509 |           NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; | 
 | 510 |         else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) | 
 | 511 |           NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; | 
 | 512 |         else | 
 | 513 |           NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; | 
 | 514 |  | 
 | 515 |         Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); | 
 | 516 |         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); | 
 | 517 |       } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 |     } | 
 | 519 |  | 
 | 520 |     // (C++98 8.3.5p3): | 
 | 521 |     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the | 
 | 522 |     //   return type and the parameter-type-list. | 
 | 523 |     if (OldQType == NewQType) { | 
 | 524 |       // We have a redeclaration. | 
 | 525 |       MergeAttributes(New, Old); | 
 | 526 |       Redeclaration = true; | 
 | 527 |       return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); | 
 | 528 |     }  | 
 | 529 |  | 
 | 530 |     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. | 
| Douglas Gregor | f009795 | 2008-04-21 02:02:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 531 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 |  | 
 | 533 |   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles | 
| Steve Naroff | adbbd0c | 2008-01-14 20:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 534 |   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 535 |   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && | 
| Eli Friedman | 3d815e7 | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 536 |       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | f009795 | 2008-04-21 02:02:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 537 |     MergeAttributes(New, Old); | 
 | 538 |     Redeclaration = true; | 
| Steve Naroff | adbbd0c | 2008-01-14 20:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 539 |     return New; | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | e3995fe | 2007-11-06 06:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 541 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 837618c | 2008-01-16 15:01:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 542 |   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined | 
 | 543 |   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic | 
| Steve Naroff | 837618c | 2008-01-16 15:01:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 544 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 545 |   // TODO: CHECK FOR CONFLICTS, multiple decls with same name in one scope. | 
 | 546 |   // TODO: This is totally simplistic.  It should handle merging functions | 
 | 547 |   // together etc, merging extern int X; int X; ... | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 548 |   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 837618c | 2008-01-16 15:01:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 549 |   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 550 |   return New; | 
 | 551 | } | 
 | 552 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | ff9eb1f | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 553 | /// Predicate for C "tentative" external object definitions (C99 6.9.2). | 
| Steve Naroff | d4d46cd | 2008-08-10 15:28:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 554 | static bool isTentativeDefinition(VarDecl *VD) { | 
| Steve Naroff | ff9eb1f | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 |   if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) | 
 | 556 |     return (!VD->getInit() && | 
 | 557 |             (VD->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::None || | 
 | 558 |              VD->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static)); | 
 | 559 |   return false; | 
 | 560 | } | 
 | 561 |  | 
 | 562 | /// CheckForFileScopedRedefinitions - Make sure we forgo redefinition errors | 
 | 563 | /// when dealing with C "tentative" external object definitions (C99 6.9.2). | 
 | 564 | void Sema::CheckForFileScopedRedefinitions(Scope *S, VarDecl *VD) { | 
 | 565 |   bool VDIsTentative = isTentativeDefinition(VD); | 
| Steve Naroff | f855e6f | 2008-08-10 15:20:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 566 |   bool VDIsIncompleteArray = VD->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType(); | 
| Steve Naroff | ff9eb1f | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 567 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | e21b994 | 2009-01-07 16:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 |   // FIXME: I don't think this will actually see all of the | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 569 |   // redefinitions. Can't we check this property on-the-fly? | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 570 |   for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(VD->getIdentifier()),  | 
 | 571 |                                     E = IdResolver.end();  | 
 | 572 |        I != E; ++I) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 15a12d0 | 2008-09-09 21:18:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 573 |     if (*I != VD && isDeclInScope(*I, VD->getDeclContext(), S)) { | 
| Steve Naroff | ff9eb1f | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 574 |       VarDecl *OldDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(*I); | 
 | 575 |        | 
| Steve Naroff | f855e6f | 2008-08-10 15:20:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 576 |       // Handle the following case: | 
 | 577 |       //   int a[10]; | 
 | 578 |       //   int a[];   - the code below makes sure we set the correct type.  | 
 | 579 |       //   int a[11]; - this is an error, size isn't 10. | 
 | 580 |       if (OldDecl && VDIsTentative && VDIsIncompleteArray &&  | 
 | 581 |           OldDecl->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) | 
 | 582 |         VD->setType(OldDecl->getType()); | 
 | 583 |        | 
| Steve Naroff | ff9eb1f | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 584 |       // Check for "tentative" definitions. We can't accomplish this in  | 
 | 585 |       // MergeVarDecl since the initializer hasn't been attached. | 
 | 586 |       if (!OldDecl || isTentativeDefinition(OldDecl) || VDIsTentative) | 
 | 587 |         continue; | 
 | 588 |    | 
 | 589 |       // Handle __private_extern__ just like extern. | 
 | 590 |       if (OldDecl->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern && | 
 | 591 |           OldDecl->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::PrivateExtern && | 
 | 592 |           VD->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern && | 
 | 593 |           VD->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::PrivateExtern) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 594 |         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VD->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 595 |         Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Steve Naroff | ff9eb1f | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 596 |       } | 
 | 597 |     } | 
 | 598 |   } | 
 | 599 | } | 
 | 600 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 601 | /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name | 
 | 602 | /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this | 
 | 603 | /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. | 
 | 604 | /// | 
| Steve Naroff | ff9eb1f | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 605 | /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by  | 
 | 606 | /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative  | 
 | 607 | /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 608 | ///  | 
| Steve Naroff | e8043c3 | 2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 609 | VarDecl *Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 610 |   // Verify the old decl was also a variable. | 
 | 611 |   VarDecl *Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldD); | 
 | 612 |   if (!Old) { | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 613 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) | 
| Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 614 |       << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 615 |     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 616 |     return New; | 
 | 617 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 618 |  | 
 | 619 |   MergeAttributes(New, Old); | 
 | 620 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 13ca96a | 2009-01-24 23:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 621 |   // Merge the types | 
 | 622 |   QualType MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); | 
 | 623 |   if (MergedT.isNull()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6037fcb | 2009-01-09 19:42:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 624 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)  | 
 | 625 |       << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 626 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 627 |     return New; | 
 | 628 |   } | 
| Eli Friedman | 13ca96a | 2009-01-24 23:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 629 |   New->setType(MergedT); | 
| Steve Naroff | b7b032e | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 630 |   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. | 
 | 631 |   if (New->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static && | 
 | 632 |       (Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::None || | 
 | 633 |        Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Extern)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 634 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 635 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Steve Naroff | b7b032e | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 636 |     return New; | 
 | 637 |   } | 
 | 638 |   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. | 
 | 639 |   if (New->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Static && | 
 | 640 |       Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) { | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 642 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Steve Naroff | b7b032e | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 643 |     return New; | 
 | 644 |   } | 
| Steve Naroff | 094cefb | 2008-09-17 14:05:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 645 |   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. | 
 | 646 |   if (New->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern && !New->isFileVarDecl()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 647 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 648 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 649 |   } | 
 | 650 |   return New; | 
 | 651 | } | 
 | 652 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 653 | /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given | 
 | 654 | /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This | 
 | 655 | /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the | 
 | 656 | /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function | 
 | 657 | /// parameters are complete. | 
 | 658 | bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *FD) { | 
 | 659 |   bool HasInvalidParm = false; | 
 | 660 |   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { | 
 | 661 |     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); | 
 | 662 |  | 
 | 663 |     // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a | 
 | 664 |     // function declarator that is part of a function definition of | 
 | 665 |     // that function shall not have incomplete type. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 |     if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 | 667 |         DiagnoseIncompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(), | 
 | 668 |                                diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 669 |       Param->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 670 |       HasInvalidParm = true; | 
 | 671 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | 777f07b | 2008-12-17 07:32:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 672 |      | 
 | 673 |     // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the | 
 | 674 |     // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier. | 
 | 675 |     if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 676 |       Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted); | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 677 |   } | 
 | 678 |  | 
 | 679 |   return HasInvalidParm; | 
 | 680 | } | 
 | 681 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with | 
 | 683 | /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. | 
 | 684 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 685 |   TagDecl *Tag  | 
 | 686 |     = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(static_cast<Decl *>(DS.getTypeRep())); | 
 | 687 |   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { | 
 | 688 |     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && | 
 | 689 |         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) | 
 | 690 |       return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, Record); | 
 | 691 |  | 
 | 692 |     // Microsoft allows unnamed struct/union fields. Don't complain | 
 | 693 |     // about them. | 
 | 694 |     // FIXME: Should we support Microsoft's extensions in this area? | 
 | 695 |     if (Record->getDeclName() && getLangOptions().Microsoft) | 
 | 696 |       return Tag; | 
 | 697 |   } | 
 | 698 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | a4ed0d8 | 2008-12-28 15:28:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 |   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 21282df | 2009-01-22 16:23:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 700 |     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an | 
 | 701 |     // extension in both Microsoft an GNU. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8158f69 | 2009-01-17 02:55:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 702 |     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && | 
 | 703 |         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 21282df | 2009-01-22 16:23:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 704 |       Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) | 
| Douglas Gregor | ee159c1 | 2009-01-13 23:10:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 705 |         << DS.getSourceRange(); | 
 | 706 |       return Tag; | 
 | 707 |     } | 
 | 708 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | a4ed0d8 | 2008-12-28 15:28:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 709 |     // FIXME: This diagnostic is emitted even when various previous | 
 | 710 |     // errors occurred (see e.g. test/Sema/decl-invalid.c). However, | 
 | 711 |     // DeclSpec has no means of communicating this information, and the | 
 | 712 |     // responsible parser functions are quite far apart. | 
 | 713 |     Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_no_declarators) | 
 | 714 |       << DS.getSourceRange(); | 
 | 715 |     return 0; | 
 | 716 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 717 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 718 |   return Tag; | 
 | 719 | } | 
 | 720 |  | 
 | 721 | /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the | 
 | 722 | /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner | 
 | 723 | /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize | 
 | 724 | /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or | 
 | 725 | /// struct, e.g., | 
 | 726 | /// | 
 | 727 | /// @code | 
 | 728 | /// union { | 
 | 729 | ///   int i; | 
 | 730 | ///   float f; | 
 | 731 | /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and | 
 | 732 | ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x | 
 | 733 | /// @endcode | 
 | 734 | /// | 
 | 735 | /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous | 
 | 736 | /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. | 
 | 737 | bool Sema::InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, | 
 | 738 |                                                RecordDecl *AnonRecord) { | 
 | 739 |   bool Invalid = false; | 
 | 740 |   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F = AnonRecord->field_begin(), | 
 | 741 |                                FEnd = AnonRecord->field_end(); | 
 | 742 |        F != FEnd; ++F) { | 
 | 743 |     if ((*F)->getDeclName()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 |       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupQualifiedName(Owner, (*F)->getDeclName(), | 
 | 745 |                                                 LookupOrdinaryName, true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 746 |       if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | 
 | 747 |         // C++ [class.union]p2: | 
 | 748 |         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be | 
 | 749 |         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the | 
 | 750 |         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared. | 
 | 751 |         unsigned diagKind  | 
 | 752 |           = AnonRecord->isUnion()? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl | 
 | 753 |                                  : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; | 
 | 754 |         Diag((*F)->getLocation(), diagKind) | 
 | 755 |           << (*F)->getDeclName(); | 
 | 756 |         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 | 757 |         Invalid = true; | 
 | 758 |       } else { | 
 | 759 |         // C++ [class.union]p2: | 
 | 760 |         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union | 
 | 761 |         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are | 
 | 762 |         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the | 
 | 763 |         //   anonymous union is declared. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 40f4e69 | 2009-01-20 16:54:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 764 |         Owner->makeDeclVisibleInContext(*F); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 765 |         S->AddDecl(*F); | 
 | 766 |         IdResolver.AddDecl(*F); | 
 | 767 |       } | 
 | 768 |     } else if (const RecordType *InnerRecordType | 
 | 769 |                  = (*F)->getType()->getAsRecordType()) { | 
 | 770 |       RecordDecl *InnerRecord = InnerRecordType->getDecl(); | 
 | 771 |       if (InnerRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) | 
 | 772 |         Invalid = Invalid ||  | 
 | 773 |           InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(S, Owner, InnerRecord); | 
 | 774 |     } | 
 | 775 |   } | 
 | 776 |  | 
 | 777 |   return Invalid; | 
 | 778 | } | 
 | 779 |  | 
 | 780 | /// ActOnAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an | 
 | 781 | /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature | 
 | 782 | /// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures | 
 | 783 | /// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension.  | 
 | 784 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, | 
 | 785 |                                                 RecordDecl *Record) { | 
 | 786 |   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); | 
 | 787 |  | 
 | 788 |   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. | 
 | 789 |   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 790 |     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); | 
 | 791 |   else if (!Record->isUnion()) | 
 | 792 |     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); | 
 | 793 |    | 
 | 794 |   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous | 
 | 795 |   // structs/unions. | 
 | 796 |   bool Invalid = false; | 
 | 797 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 798 |     const char* PrevSpec = 0; | 
 | 799 |     // C++ [class.union]p3: | 
 | 800 |     //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the | 
 | 801 |     //   global namespace shall be declared static. | 
 | 802 |     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && | 
 | 803 |         (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || | 
 | 804 |          (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&  | 
 | 805 |           cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { | 
 | 806 |       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); | 
 | 807 |       Invalid = true; | 
 | 808 |  | 
 | 809 |       // Recover by adding 'static'. | 
 | 810 |       DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), PrevSpec); | 
 | 811 |     }  | 
 | 812 |     // C++ [class.union]p3: | 
 | 813 |     //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an | 
 | 814 |     //   anonymous union in a class scope. | 
 | 815 |     else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && | 
 | 816 |              isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { | 
 | 817 |       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),  | 
 | 818 |            diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); | 
 | 819 |       Invalid = true; | 
 | 820 |  | 
 | 821 |       // Recover by removing the storage specifier. | 
 | 822 |       DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), | 
 | 823 |                              PrevSpec); | 
 | 824 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 825 |  | 
 | 826 |     // C++ [class.union]p2:  | 
 | 827 |     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only | 
 | 828 |     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and | 
 | 829 |     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] | 
 | 830 |     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), | 
 | 831 |                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); | 
 | 832 |          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { | 
 | 833 |       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { | 
 | 834 |         // C++ [class.union]p3: | 
 | 835 |         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected | 
 | 836 |         //   members (clause 11). | 
 | 837 |         if (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected || FD->getAccess() == AS_private) { | 
 | 838 |           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) | 
 | 839 |             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); | 
 | 840 |           Invalid = true; | 
 | 841 |         } | 
 | 842 |       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { | 
 | 843 |         // Any implicit members are fine. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 844 |       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { | 
 | 845 |         // This is a type that showed up in an | 
 | 846 |         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or | 
 | 847 |         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the | 
 | 848 |         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 849 |       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { | 
 | 850 |         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && | 
 | 851 |             MemRecord->getDeclName()) { | 
 | 852 |           // This is a nested type declaration. | 
 | 853 |           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) | 
 | 854 |             << (int)Record->isUnion(); | 
 | 855 |           Invalid = true; | 
 | 856 |         } | 
 | 857 |       } else { | 
 | 858 |         // We have something that isn't a non-static data | 
 | 859 |         // member. Complain about it. | 
 | 860 |         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; | 
 | 861 |         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) | 
 | 862 |           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; | 
 | 863 |         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) | 
 | 864 |           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; | 
 | 865 |         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) | 
 | 866 |           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; | 
 | 867 |         Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) | 
 | 868 |             << (int)Record->isUnion(); | 
 | 869 |           Invalid = true; | 
 | 870 |       } | 
 | 871 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 872 |   } else { | 
 | 873 |     // FIXME: Check GNU C semantics | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 874 |     if (Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { | 
 | 875 |       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_member) | 
 | 876 |         << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; | 
 | 877 |       Invalid = true; | 
 | 878 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 879 |   } | 
 | 880 |  | 
 | 881 |   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 882 |     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) | 
 | 883 |       << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 884 |     Invalid = true; | 
 | 885 |   } | 
 | 886 |  | 
 | 887 |   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 888 |   NamedDecl *Anon = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 889 |   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { | 
 | 890 |     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), | 
 | 891 |                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,  | 
 | 892 |                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 893 |                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 894 |     Anon->setAccess(AS_public); | 
 | 895 |     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 896 |       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 897 |   } else { | 
 | 898 |     VarDecl::StorageClass SC; | 
 | 899 |     switch (DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { | 
 | 900 |     default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); | 
 | 901 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    SC = VarDecl::None; break; | 
 | 902 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         SC = VarDecl::Extern; break; | 
 | 903 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         SC = VarDecl::Static; break; | 
 | 904 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           SC = VarDecl::Auto; break; | 
 | 905 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       SC = VarDecl::Register; break; | 
 | 906 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = VarDecl::PrivateExtern; break; | 
 | 907 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: | 
 | 908 |       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always | 
 | 909 |       // an error here | 
 | 910 |       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); | 
 | 911 |       Invalid = true; | 
 | 912 |       SC = VarDecl::None; | 
 | 913 |       break; | 
 | 914 |     } | 
 | 915 |  | 
 | 916 |     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), | 
 | 917 |                            /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,  | 
 | 918 |                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 919 |                            SC, DS.getSourceRange().getBegin()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 920 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 921 |   Anon->setImplicit(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 922 |  | 
 | 923 |   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current | 
 | 924 |   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of | 
 | 925 |   // its members. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 482b77d | 2009-01-12 23:27:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 926 |   Owner->addDecl(Anon); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 |  | 
 | 928 |   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning | 
 | 929 |   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup | 
 | 930 |   // purposes. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 931 |   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(S, Owner, Record)) | 
 | 932 |     Invalid = true; | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 933 |  | 
 | 934 |   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not | 
 | 935 |   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the | 
 | 936 |   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise | 
 | 937 |   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it | 
 | 938 |   // builds its lookup table, and once by | 
 | 939 |   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.  | 
 | 940 |   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); | 
 | 941 |  | 
 | 942 |   if (Invalid) | 
 | 943 |     Anon->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 944 |  | 
 | 945 |   return Anon; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 946 | } | 
 | 947 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 948 | bool Sema::CheckSingleInitializer(Expr *&Init, QualType DeclType,  | 
 | 949 |                                   bool DirectInit) {   | 
| Steve Naroff | f009063 | 2007-09-02 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 950 |   // Get the type before calling CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(), since | 
 | 951 |   // it can promote the expression. | 
| Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 952 |   QualType InitType = Init->getType();  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 45920e8 | 2008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 953 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 954 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 955 |     // FIXME: I dislike this error message. A lot. | 
 | 956 |     if (PerformImplicitConversion(Init, DeclType, "initializing", DirectInit)) | 
 | 957 |       return Diag(Init->getSourceRange().getBegin(), | 
 | 958 |                   diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible) | 
 | 959 |         << DeclType << Init->getType() << "initializing"  | 
 | 960 |         << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 | 961 |  | 
 | 962 |     return false; | 
 | 963 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 45920e8 | 2008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 964 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 965 |   AssignConvertType ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(DeclType, Init); | 
 | 966 |   return DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Init->getLocStart(), DeclType, | 
 | 967 |                                   InitType, Init, "initializing"); | 
| Steve Naroff | f009063 | 2007-09-02 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 968 | } | 
 | 969 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | a49e1fa | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 970 | bool Sema::CheckStringLiteralInit(StringLiteral *strLiteral, QualType &DeclT) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c63a1f2 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 971 |   const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(DeclT); | 
 | 972 |    | 
 | 973 |   if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { | 
| Steve Naroff | a49e1fa | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 |     // C99 6.7.8p14. We have an array of character type with unknown size  | 
 | 975 |     // being initialized to a string literal. | 
 | 976 |     llvm::APSInt ConstVal(32); | 
 | 977 |     ConstVal = strLiteral->getByteLength() + 1; | 
 | 978 |     // Return a new array type (C99 6.7.8p22). | 
| Eli Friedman | c5773c4 | 2008-02-15 18:16:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 979 |     DeclT = Context.getConstantArrayType(IAT->getElementType(), ConstVal,  | 
| Steve Naroff | a49e1fa | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 980 |                                          ArrayType::Normal, 0); | 
| Chris Lattner | c63a1f2 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 981 |   } else { | 
 | 982 |     const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT); | 
| Steve Naroff | a49e1fa | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 983 |     // C99 6.7.8p14. We have an array of character type with known size. | 
| Chris Lattner | c63a1f2 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 984 |     // FIXME: Avoid truncation for 64-bit length strings. | 
 | 985 |     if (strLiteral->getByteLength() > (unsigned)CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()) | 
| Steve Naroff | a49e1fa | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 986 |       Diag(strLiteral->getSourceRange().getBegin(), | 
| Chris Lattner | dcd5ef1 | 2008-11-19 05:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 987 |            diag::warn_initializer_string_for_char_array_too_long) | 
 | 988 |         << strLiteral->getSourceRange(); | 
| Steve Naroff | a49e1fa | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 989 |   } | 
 | 990 |   // Set type from "char *" to "constant array of char". | 
 | 991 |   strLiteral->setType(DeclT); | 
 | 992 |   // For now, we always return false (meaning success). | 
 | 993 |   return false; | 
 | 994 | } | 
 | 995 |  | 
 | 996 | StringLiteral *Sema::IsStringLiteralInit(Expr *Init, QualType DeclType) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c63a1f2 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 997 |   const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(DeclType); | 
| Steve Naroff | a996033 | 2008-01-25 00:51:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 998 |   if (AT && AT->getElementType()->isCharType()) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 91b9f20 | 2009-01-24 17:47:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 999 |     return dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreParens()); | 
| Steve Naroff | a996033 | 2008-01-25 00:51:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 |   } | 
| Steve Naroff | a49e1fa | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1001 |   return 0; | 
 | 1002 | } | 
 | 1003 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | bool Sema::CheckInitializerTypes(Expr *&Init, QualType &DeclType, | 
 | 1005 |                                  SourceLocation InitLoc, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1006 |                                  DeclarationName InitEntity, | 
 | 1007 |                                  bool DirectInit) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 264c8ed | 2008-12-18 21:49:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1008 |   if (DeclType->isDependentType() || Init->isTypeDependent()) | 
 | 1009 |     return false; | 
 | 1010 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1011 |   // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p1: | 
| Sebastian Redl | d14094d | 2008-11-24 20:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1012 |   //   A variable declared to be a T&, that is "reference to type T" | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1013 |   //   (8.3.2), shall be initialized by an object, or function, of | 
 | 1014 |   //   type T or by an object that can be converted into a T. | 
 | 1015 |   if (DeclType->isReferenceType()) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 |     return CheckReferenceInit(Init, DeclType, 0, false, DirectInit); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1017 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | ca10730 | 2008-01-21 23:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1018 |   // C99 6.7.8p3: The type of the entity to be initialized shall be an array | 
 | 1019 |   // of unknown size ("[]") or an object type that is not a variable array type. | 
| Chris Lattner | c63a1f2 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1020 |   if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(DeclType)) | 
| Chris Lattner | dcd5ef1 | 2008-11-19 05:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1021 |     return Diag(InitLoc,  diag::err_variable_object_no_init) | 
 | 1022 |       << VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); | 
| Steve Naroff | ca10730 | 2008-01-21 23:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1023 |    | 
| Steve Naroff | 2fdc374 | 2007-12-10 22:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1024 |   InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init); | 
 | 1025 |   if (!InitList) { | 
| Steve Naroff | a49e1fa | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1026 |     // FIXME: Handle wide strings | 
 | 1027 |     if (StringLiteral *strLiteral = IsStringLiteralInit(Init, DeclType)) | 
 | 1028 |       return CheckStringLiteralInit(strLiteral, DeclType); | 
| Eli Friedman | a312ce2 | 2008-02-08 00:48:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1029 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1030 |     // C++ [dcl.init]p14: | 
 | 1031 |     //   -- If the destination type is a (possibly cv-qualified) class | 
 | 1032 |     //      type: | 
 | 1033 |     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && DeclType->isRecordType()) { | 
 | 1034 |       QualType DeclTypeC = Context.getCanonicalType(DeclType); | 
 | 1035 |       QualType InitTypeC = Context.getCanonicalType(Init->getType()); | 
 | 1036 |  | 
 | 1037 |       //   -- If the initialization is direct-initialization, or if it is | 
 | 1038 |       //      copy-initialization where the cv-unqualified version of the | 
 | 1039 |       //      source type is the same class as, or a derived class of, the | 
 | 1040 |       //      class of the destination, constructors are considered. | 
 | 1041 |       if ((DeclTypeC.getUnqualifiedType() == InitTypeC.getUnqualifiedType()) || | 
 | 1042 |           IsDerivedFrom(InitTypeC, DeclTypeC)) { | 
 | 1043 |         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor  | 
 | 1044 |           = PerformInitializationByConstructor(DeclType, &Init, 1, | 
 | 1045 |                                                InitLoc, Init->getSourceRange(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1046 |                                                InitEntity,  | 
 | 1047 |                                                DirectInit? IK_Direct : IK_Copy); | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1048 |         return Constructor == 0; | 
 | 1049 |       } | 
 | 1050 |  | 
 | 1051 |       //   -- Otherwise (i.e., for the remaining copy-initialization | 
 | 1052 |       //      cases), user-defined conversion sequences that can | 
 | 1053 |       //      convert from the source type to the destination type or | 
 | 1054 |       //      (when a conversion function is used) to a derived class | 
 | 1055 |       //      thereof are enumerated as described in 13.3.1.4, and the | 
 | 1056 |       //      best one is chosen through overload resolution | 
 | 1057 |       //      (13.3). If the conversion cannot be done or is | 
 | 1058 |       //      ambiguous, the initialization is ill-formed. The | 
 | 1059 |       //      function selected is called with the initializer | 
 | 1060 |       //      expression as its argument; if the function is a | 
 | 1061 |       //      constructor, the call initializes a temporary of the | 
 | 1062 |       //      destination type. | 
 | 1063 |       // FIXME: We're pretending to do copy elision here; return to | 
 | 1064 |       // this when we have ASTs for such things. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 45920e8 | 2008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1065 |       if (!PerformImplicitConversion(Init, DeclType, "initializing")) | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1066 |         return false; | 
| Chris Lattner | c9c7c4e | 2008-11-18 22:52:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 |        | 
| Douglas Gregor | 61366e9 | 2008-12-24 00:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1068 |       if (InitEntity) | 
 | 1069 |         return Diag(InitLoc, diag::err_cannot_initialize_decl) | 
 | 1070 |           << InitEntity << (int)(Init->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) | 
 | 1071 |           << Init->getType() << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 | 1072 |       else | 
 | 1073 |         return Diag(InitLoc, diag::err_cannot_initialize_decl_noname) | 
 | 1074 |           << DeclType << (int)(Init->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) | 
 | 1075 |           << Init->getType() << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1076 |     } | 
 | 1077 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 1ac6fdd | 2008-09-29 20:07:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1078 |     // C99 6.7.8p16. | 
| Eli Friedman | a312ce2 | 2008-02-08 00:48:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1079 |     if (DeclType->isArrayType()) | 
| Chris Lattner | dcd5ef1 | 2008-11-19 05:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1080 |       return Diag(Init->getLocStart(), diag::err_array_init_list_required) | 
 | 1081 |         << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
| Eli Friedman | a312ce2 | 2008-02-08 00:48:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1082 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1083 |     return CheckSingleInitializer(Init, DeclType, DirectInit); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 930d8b5 | 2009-01-30 22:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1084 |   }  | 
| Eli Friedman | e6f058f | 2008-06-06 19:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1085 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | c34ee5e | 2009-01-29 00:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1086 |   bool hadError = CheckInitList(InitList, DeclType); | 
 | 1087 |   Init = InitList; | 
 | 1088 |   return hadError; | 
| Steve Naroff | f009063 | 2007-09-02 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1089 | } | 
 | 1090 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1091 | /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the | 
 | 1092 | /// given Declarator. | 
 | 1093 | DeclarationName Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { | 
 | 1094 |   switch (D.getKind()) { | 
 | 1095 |   case Declarator::DK_Abstract: | 
 | 1096 |     assert(D.getIdentifier() == 0 && "abstract declarators have no name"); | 
 | 1097 |     return DeclarationName(); | 
 | 1098 |  | 
 | 1099 |   case Declarator::DK_Normal: | 
 | 1100 |     assert (D.getIdentifier() != 0 && "normal declarators have an identifier"); | 
 | 1101 |     return DeclarationName(D.getIdentifier()); | 
 | 1102 |  | 
 | 1103 |   case Declarator::DK_Constructor: { | 
 | 1104 |     QualType Ty = Context.getTypeDeclType((TypeDecl *)D.getDeclaratorIdType()); | 
 | 1105 |     Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); | 
 | 1106 |     return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(Ty); | 
 | 1107 |   } | 
 | 1108 |  | 
 | 1109 |   case Declarator::DK_Destructor: { | 
 | 1110 |     QualType Ty = Context.getTypeDeclType((TypeDecl *)D.getDeclaratorIdType()); | 
 | 1111 |     Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); | 
 | 1112 |     return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(Ty); | 
 | 1113 |   } | 
 | 1114 |  | 
 | 1115 |   case Declarator::DK_Conversion: { | 
 | 1116 |     QualType Ty = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); | 
 | 1117 |     Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); | 
 | 1118 |     return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(Ty); | 
 | 1119 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | e94ca9e4 | 2008-11-18 14:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1120 |  | 
 | 1121 |   case Declarator::DK_Operator: | 
 | 1122 |     assert(D.getIdentifier() == 0 && "operator names have no identifier"); | 
 | 1123 |     return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( | 
 | 1124 |                                                 D.getOverloadedOperator()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1125 |   } | 
 | 1126 |  | 
 | 1127 |   assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); | 
 | 1128 |   return DeclarationName(); | 
 | 1129 | } | 
 | 1130 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1131 | /// isNearlyMatchingMemberFunction - Determine whether the C++ member | 
 | 1132 | /// functions Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This | 
 | 1133 | /// heuristic is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an | 
 | 1134 | /// out-of-line member function definition doesn't match any | 
 | 1135 | /// declaration within the class. | 
 | 1136 | static bool isNearlyMatchingMemberFunction(ASTContext &Context, | 
 | 1137 |                                            FunctionDecl *Declaration, | 
 | 1138 |                                            FunctionDecl *Definition) { | 
 | 1139 |   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) | 
 | 1140 |     return false; | 
 | 1141 |   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { | 
 | 1142 |     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); | 
 | 1143 |     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); | 
 | 1144 |  | 
 | 1145 |     DeclParamTy = Context.getCanonicalType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType()); | 
 | 1146 |     DefParamTy = Context.getCanonicalType(DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType()); | 
 | 1147 |     if (DeclParamTy.getUnqualifiedType() != DefParamTy.getUnqualifiedType()) | 
 | 1148 |       return false; | 
 | 1149 |   } | 
 | 1150 |  | 
 | 1151 |   return true; | 
 | 1152 | } | 
 | 1153 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 306d68f | 2007-11-08 23:49:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1154 | Sema::DeclTy * | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1155 | Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclTy *lastDecl, | 
 | 1156 |                       bool IsFunctionDefinition) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1157 |   NamedDecl *LastDeclarator = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>((Decl *)lastDecl); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1158 |   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); | 
 | 1159 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | e80a59c | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 |   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have | 
 | 1161 |   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1162 |   if (!Name) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 1f6f54b | 2008-11-11 06:13:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1163 |     if (!D.getInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid. | 
 | 1164 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 |            diag::err_declarator_need_ident) | 
 | 1166 |         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | e80a59c | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1167 |     return 0; | 
 | 1168 |   } | 
 | 1169 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1170 |   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until | 
 | 1171 |   // we find one that is. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 |   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || | 
 | 1173 |         (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) | 
| Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1174 |     S = S->getParent(); | 
 | 1175 |    | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1176 |   DeclContext *DC; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1177 |   NamedDecl *PrevDecl; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 |   NamedDecl *New; | 
| Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1179 |   bool InvalidDecl = false; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2ce52f3 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1180 |   | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1181 |   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1182 |   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1183 |     DC = CurContext; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 |     PrevDecl = LookupName(S, Name, LookupOrdinaryName); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 |   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" | 
 | 1186 |     DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1187 |     PrevDecl = LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupOrdinaryName); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1188 |  | 
 | 1189 |     // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: | 
 | 1190 |     // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named | 
 | 1191 |     // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit | 
 | 1192 |     // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being | 
 | 1193 |     // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears | 
 | 1194 |     // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the | 
 | 1195 |     // declarations namespace. | 
 | 1196 |     // | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 |     // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet | 
 | 1198 |     // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually | 
 | 1199 |     // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: | 
 | 1200 |     // | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9d35097 | 2008-12-12 08:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1201 |     //   class X { | 
 | 1202 |     //     void f(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1203 |     //     void f(float); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9d35097 | 2008-12-12 08:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1204 |     //   }; | 
 | 1205 |     // | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1206 |     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed | 
 | 1207 |     // | 
 | 1208 |     // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set | 
 | 1209 |     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them | 
 | 1210 |     // matches.  | 
 | 1211 |     if (!CurContext->Encloses(DC)) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1212 |       // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. | 
 | 1213 |       // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. | 
 | 1214 |       SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); | 
 | 1215 |       SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 | 1216 |       if (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 011bb4e | 2008-11-23 20:28:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1217 |         Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1218 |       } else { | 
| Chris Lattner | 011bb4e | 2008-11-23 20:28:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1219 |         Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 |           << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC)->getDeclName() << R; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1221 |       } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1222 |       InvalidDecl = true; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1223 |     } | 
 | 1224 |   } | 
 | 1225 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | f57172b | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1226 |   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1227 |     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 898574e | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1228 |     InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl  | 
 | 1229 |       || DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1230 |     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. | 
 | 1231 |     PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 1232 |   } | 
 | 1233 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2ce52f3 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1234 |   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type | 
 | 1235 |   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 |   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a | 
 | 1237 |   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). | 
 | 1238 |   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->getIdentifierNamespace() == Decl::IDNS_Tag && | 
 | 1239 |       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2ce52f3 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1240 |     PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 1241 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 41af093 | 2007-11-14 06:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1242 |   QualType R = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); | 
 | 1243 |   assert(!R.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); | 
 | 1244 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1245 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { | 
| Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1246 |     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, LastDeclarator, PrevDecl, | 
 | 1247 |                                  InvalidDecl); | 
| Chris Lattner | 41af093 | 2007-11-14 06:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 |   } else if (R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()) { | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1249 |     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, LastDeclarator, PrevDecl,  | 
 | 1250 |                                   IsFunctionDefinition, InvalidDecl); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 |   } else { | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1252 |     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, LastDeclarator, PrevDecl,  | 
 | 1253 |                                   InvalidDecl); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1254 |   } | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1255 |  | 
 | 1256 |   if (New == 0) | 
 | 1257 |     return 0; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1258 |    | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 5239304 | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1259 |   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the | 
 | 1260 |   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. | 
 | 1261 |   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | 
 | 1262 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1263 |   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 |   if (Name) | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1265 |     PushOnScopeChains(New, S); | 
| Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1266 |   // If any semantic error occurred, mark the decl as invalid. | 
 | 1267 |   if (D.getInvalidType() || InvalidDecl) | 
 | 1268 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 |    | 
 | 1270 |   return New; | 
 | 1271 | } | 
 | 1272 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1273 | NamedDecl* | 
| Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1274 | Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1275 |                              QualType R, Decl* LastDeclarator, | 
| Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 |                              Decl* PrevDecl, bool& InvalidDecl) { | 
 | 1277 |   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). | 
 | 1278 |   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 | 1279 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) | 
 | 1280 |       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 | 1281 |     InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 1282 |     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. | 
 | 1283 |     DC = 0; | 
 | 1284 |   } | 
 | 1285 |  | 
 | 1286 |   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). | 
 | 1287 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 1288 |     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); | 
 | 1289 |  | 
 | 1290 |   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, LastDeclarator); | 
 | 1291 |   if (!NewTD) return 0; | 
 | 1292 |  | 
 | 1293 |   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl | 
 | 1294 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(NewTD, D); | 
 | 1295 |   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is | 
 | 1296 |   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. | 
 | 1297 |   if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S)) { | 
 | 1298 |     NewTD = MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, PrevDecl); | 
 | 1299 |     if (NewTD == 0) return 0; | 
 | 1300 |   } | 
 | 1301 |  | 
 | 1302 |   if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { | 
 | 1303 |     // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type | 
 | 1304 |     // then it shall have block scope. | 
 | 1305 |     if (NewTD->getUnderlyingType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | 
 | 1306 |       if (NewTD->getUnderlyingType()->isVariableArrayType()) | 
 | 1307 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); | 
 | 1308 |       else | 
 | 1309 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); | 
 | 1310 |  | 
 | 1311 |       InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 1312 |     } | 
 | 1313 |   } | 
 | 1314 |   return NewTD; | 
 | 1315 | } | 
 | 1316 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1317 | NamedDecl* | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1318 | Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 |                               QualType R, Decl* LastDeclarator, | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 |                               Decl* PrevDecl, bool& InvalidDecl) { | 
 | 1321 |   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); | 
 | 1322 |  | 
 | 1323 |   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). | 
 | 1324 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 1325 |     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); | 
 | 1326 |  | 
 | 1327 |   if (R.getTypePtr()->isObjCInterfaceType()) { | 
 | 1328 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) | 
 | 1329 |       << D.getIdentifier(); | 
 | 1330 |     InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 1331 |   } | 
 | 1332 |  | 
 | 1333 |   VarDecl *NewVD; | 
 | 1334 |   VarDecl::StorageClass SC; | 
 | 1335 |   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { | 
 | 1336 |   default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); | 
 | 1337 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    SC = VarDecl::None; break; | 
 | 1338 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         SC = VarDecl::Extern; break; | 
 | 1339 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         SC = VarDecl::Static; break; | 
 | 1340 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           SC = VarDecl::Auto; break; | 
 | 1341 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       SC = VarDecl::Register; break; | 
 | 1342 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = VarDecl::PrivateExtern; break; | 
 | 1343 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: | 
 | 1344 |     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always | 
 | 1345 |     // an error here | 
 | 1346 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); | 
 | 1347 |     InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 1348 |     SC = VarDecl::None; | 
 | 1349 |     break; | 
 | 1350 |   } | 
 | 1351 |  | 
 | 1352 |   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); | 
 | 1353 |   if (!II) { | 
 | 1354 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) | 
 | 1355 |       << Name.getAsString(); | 
 | 1356 |     return 0; | 
 | 1357 |   } | 
 | 1358 |  | 
 | 1359 |   if (DC->isRecord()) { | 
 | 1360 |     // This is a static data member for a C++ class. | 
 | 1361 |     NewVD = CXXClassVarDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), | 
 | 1362 |                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 |                                     R); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1364 |   } else { | 
 | 1365 |     bool ThreadSpecified = D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified(); | 
 | 1366 |     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { | 
 | 1367 |       // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not | 
 | 1368 |       // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. | 
 | 1369 |       if (SC == VarDecl::Auto || SC == VarDecl::Register) { | 
 | 1370 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); | 
 | 1371 |         InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 1372 |       } | 
 | 1373 |     } | 
 | 1374 |     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(),  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 |                             II, R, SC,  | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1376 |                             // FIXME: Move to DeclGroup... | 
 | 1377 |                             D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin()); | 
 | 1378 |     NewVD->setThreadSpecified(ThreadSpecified); | 
 | 1379 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 |   NewVD->setNextDeclarator(LastDeclarator); | 
 | 1381 |  | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 |   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl | 
 | 1383 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(NewVD, D); | 
 | 1384 |  | 
 | 1385 |   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). | 
 | 1386 |   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { | 
 | 1387 |     // The parser guarantees this is a string. | 
 | 1388 |     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);   | 
 | 1389 |     NewVD->addAttr(new AsmLabelAttr(std::string(SE->getStrData(), | 
 | 1390 |                                                 SE->getByteLength()))); | 
 | 1391 |   } | 
 | 1392 |  | 
 | 1393 |   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. | 
 | 1394 |   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not | 
 | 1395 |   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. | 
 | 1396 |   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 | 
 | 1397 |   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && (NewVD->getType().getAddressSpace() != 0)) { | 
 | 1398 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); | 
 | 1399 |     InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 1400 |   } | 
 | 1401 |   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is | 
 | 1402 |   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. | 
 | 1403 |   if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S)) { | 
 | 1404 |     if (isa<FieldDecl>(PrevDecl) && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 | 1405 |       // The user tried to define a non-static data member | 
 | 1406 |       // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). | 
 | 1407 |       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) | 
 | 1408 |         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 | 1409 |       NewVD->Destroy(Context); | 
 | 1410 |       return 0; | 
 | 1411 |     } | 
 | 1412 |  | 
 | 1413 |     NewVD = MergeVarDecl(NewVD, PrevDecl); | 
 | 1414 |     if (NewVD == 0) return 0; | 
 | 1415 |  | 
 | 1416 |     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 | 1417 |       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. | 
 | 1418 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_no_member) | 
 | 1419 |         << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 | 1420 |       InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 1421 |     } | 
 | 1422 |   } | 
 | 1423 |   return NewVD; | 
 | 1424 | } | 
 | 1425 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1426 | NamedDecl*  | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1427 | Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1428 |                               QualType R, Decl *LastDeclarator, | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1429 |                               Decl* PrevDecl, bool IsFunctionDefinition, | 
 | 1430 |                               bool& InvalidDecl) { | 
 | 1431 |   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); | 
 | 1432 |  | 
 | 1433 |   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); | 
 | 1434 |   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = FunctionDecl::None; | 
 | 1435 |   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { | 
 | 1436 |   default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); | 
 | 1437 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: | 
 | 1438 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_register: | 
 | 1439 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: | 
 | 1440 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); | 
 | 1441 |     InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 1442 |     break; | 
 | 1443 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = FunctionDecl::None; break; | 
 | 1444 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:      SC = FunctionDecl::Extern; break; | 
 | 1445 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:      SC = FunctionDecl::Static; break; | 
 | 1446 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = FunctionDecl::PrivateExtern;break; | 
 | 1447 |   } | 
 | 1448 |  | 
 | 1449 |   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); | 
 | 1450 |   // bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); | 
 | 1451 |   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); | 
 | 1452 |  | 
 | 1453 |   FunctionDecl *NewFD; | 
 | 1454 |   if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Constructor) { | 
 | 1455 |     // This is a C++ constructor declaration. | 
 | 1456 |     assert(DC->isRecord() && | 
 | 1457 |            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); | 
 | 1458 |  | 
 | 1459 |     InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); | 
 | 1460 |  | 
 | 1461 |     // Create the new declaration | 
 | 1462 |     NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context,  | 
 | 1463 |                                        cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), | 
 | 1464 |                                        D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, | 
 | 1465 |                                        isExplicit, isInline, | 
 | 1466 |                                        /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); | 
 | 1467 |  | 
 | 1468 |     if (InvalidDecl) | 
 | 1469 |       NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 1470 |   } else if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Destructor) { | 
 | 1471 |     // This is a C++ destructor declaration. | 
 | 1472 |     if (DC->isRecord()) { | 
 | 1473 |       InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); | 
 | 1474 |  | 
 | 1475 |       NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, | 
 | 1476 |                                         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), | 
 | 1477 |                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R,  | 
 | 1478 |                                         isInline, | 
 | 1479 |                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); | 
 | 1480 |  | 
 | 1481 |       if (InvalidDecl) | 
 | 1482 |         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 1483 |     } else { | 
 | 1484 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); | 
 | 1485 |  | 
 | 1486 |       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing | 
 | 1487 |       // code path. | 
 | 1488 |       NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1489 |                                    Name, R, SC, isInline,  | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1490 |                                    // FIXME: Move to DeclGroup... | 
 | 1491 |                                    D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin()); | 
 | 1492 |       InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 1493 |       NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 1494 |     } | 
 | 1495 |   } else if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Conversion) { | 
 | 1496 |     if (!DC->isRecord()) { | 
 | 1497 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 | 1498 |            diag::err_conv_function_not_member); | 
 | 1499 |       return 0; | 
 | 1500 |     } else { | 
 | 1501 |       InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); | 
 | 1502 |  | 
 | 1503 |       NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), | 
 | 1504 |                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, | 
 | 1505 |                                         isInline, isExplicit); | 
 | 1506 |          | 
 | 1507 |       if (InvalidDecl) | 
 | 1508 |         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 1509 |     } | 
 | 1510 |   } else if (DC->isRecord()) { | 
 | 1511 |     // This is a C++ method declaration. | 
 | 1512 |     NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), | 
 | 1513 |                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 |                                   (SC == FunctionDecl::Static), isInline); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1515 |   } else { | 
 | 1516 |     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, | 
 | 1517 |                                  D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1518 |                                  Name, R, SC, isInline,  | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1519 |                                  // FIXME: Move to DeclGroup... | 
 | 1520 |                                  D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin()); | 
 | 1521 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1522 |   NewFD->setNextDeclarator(LastDeclarator); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1523 |  | 
 | 1524 |   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ | 
 | 1525 |   // scope specifier, the lexical context will be different | 
 | 1526 |   // from the semantic context. | 
 | 1527 |   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | 
 | 1528 |  | 
 | 1529 |   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). | 
 | 1530 |   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { | 
 | 1531 |     // The parser guarantees this is a string. | 
 | 1532 |     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);   | 
 | 1533 |     NewFD->addAttr(new AsmLabelAttr(std::string(SE->getStrData(), | 
 | 1534 |                                                 SE->getByteLength()))); | 
 | 1535 |   } | 
 | 1536 |  | 
 | 1537 |   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to | 
 | 1538 |   // the function declaration NewFD, if they are available. | 
 | 1539 |   if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0) { | 
 | 1540 |     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; | 
 | 1541 |  | 
 | 1542 |     // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the | 
 | 1543 |     // FunctionDecl. | 
 | 1544 |     llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | 
 | 1545 |    | 
 | 1546 |     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs | 
 | 1547 |     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a | 
 | 1548 |     // single void argument. | 
 | 1549 |     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator | 
 | 1550 |     // already checks for that case. | 
 | 1551 |     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && | 
 | 1552 |         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && | 
 | 1553 |         ((ParmVarDecl*)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { | 
 | 1554 |       // empty arg list, don't push any params. | 
 | 1555 |       ParmVarDecl *Param = (ParmVarDecl*)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param; | 
 | 1556 |  | 
 | 1557 |       // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a | 
 | 1558 |       // typedef of void is not permitted. | 
 | 1559 |       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && | 
 | 1560 |           Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { | 
 | 1561 |         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::ext_param_typedef_of_void); | 
 | 1562 |       } | 
 | 1563 |     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { | 
 | 1564 |       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) | 
 | 1565 |         Params.push_back((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); | 
 | 1566 |     } | 
 | 1567 |    | 
 | 1568 |     NewFD->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); | 
 | 1569 |   } else if (R->getAsTypedefType()) { | 
 | 1570 |     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, as in the | 
 | 1571 |     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) | 
 | 1572 |     // parameters for use in the declaration. | 
 | 1573 |     // | 
 | 1574 |     // @code | 
 | 1575 |     // typedef void fn(int); | 
 | 1576 |     // fn f; | 
 | 1577 |     // @endcode | 
 | 1578 |     const FunctionTypeProto *FT = R->getAsFunctionTypeProto(); | 
 | 1579 |     if (!FT) { | 
 | 1580 |       // This is a typedef of a function with no prototype, so we | 
 | 1581 |       // don't need to do anything. | 
 | 1582 |     } else if ((FT->getNumArgs() == 0) || | 
 | 1583 |                (FT->getNumArgs() == 1 && !FT->isVariadic() && | 
 | 1584 |                 FT->getArgType(0)->isVoidType())) { | 
 | 1585 |       // This is a zero-argument function. We don't need to do anything. | 
 | 1586 |     } else { | 
 | 1587 |       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. | 
 | 1588 |       llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | 
 | 1589 |       for (FunctionTypeProto::arg_type_iterator ArgType = FT->arg_type_begin(); | 
 | 1590 |            ArgType != FT->arg_type_end(); ++ArgType) { | 
 | 1591 |         Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, | 
 | 1592 |                                              SourceLocation(), 0, | 
 | 1593 |                                              *ArgType, VarDecl::None, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 |                                              0)); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1595 |       } | 
 | 1596 |  | 
 | 1597 |       NewFD->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); | 
 | 1598 |     } | 
 | 1599 |   } | 
 | 1600 |  | 
 | 1601 |   if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) | 
 | 1602 |     InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckConstructor(Constructor); | 
 | 1603 |   else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { | 
 | 1604 |     CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getParent()); | 
 | 1605 |     Record->setUserDeclaredDestructor(true); | 
 | 1606 |     // C++ [class]p4: A POD-struct is an aggregate class that has [...] no | 
 | 1607 |     // user-defined destructor. | 
 | 1608 |     Record->setPOD(false); | 
 | 1609 |   } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = | 
 | 1610 |              dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) | 
 | 1611 |     ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); | 
 | 1612 |  | 
 | 1613 |   // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). | 
 | 1614 |   if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && | 
 | 1615 |       CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) | 
 | 1616 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 1617 |      | 
 | 1618 |   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. Since C functions | 
 | 1619 |   // are in a flat namespace, make sure we consider decls in outer scopes. | 
 | 1620 |   if (PrevDecl && | 
 | 1621 |       (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus||isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S))) { | 
 | 1622 |     bool Redeclaration = false; | 
 | 1623 |  | 
 | 1624 |     // If C++, determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or | 
 | 1625 |     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, | 
 | 1626 |     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new | 
 | 1627 |     // function to the scope. | 
 | 1628 |     OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator MatchedDecl; | 
 | 1629 |     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || | 
 | 1630 |         !IsOverload(NewFD, PrevDecl, MatchedDecl)) { | 
 | 1631 |       Decl *OldDecl = PrevDecl; | 
 | 1632 |  | 
 | 1633 |       // If PrevDecl was an overloaded function, extract the | 
 | 1634 |       // FunctionDecl that matched. | 
 | 1635 |       if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(PrevDecl)) | 
 | 1636 |         OldDecl = *MatchedDecl; | 
 | 1637 |  | 
 | 1638 |       // NewFD and PrevDecl represent declarations that need to be | 
 | 1639 |       // merged.  | 
 | 1640 |       NewFD = MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, Redeclaration); | 
 | 1641 |  | 
 | 1642 |       if (NewFD == 0) return 0; | 
 | 1643 |       if (Redeclaration) { | 
 | 1644 |         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); | 
 | 1645 |  | 
 | 1646 |         // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a | 
 | 1647 |         // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). | 
 | 1648 |         if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && | 
 | 1649 |             !InvalidDecl) { | 
 | 1650 |           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_out_of_line_declaration) | 
 | 1651 |             << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 | 1652 |           NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 1653 |         } | 
 | 1654 |       } | 
 | 1655 |     } | 
 | 1656 |  | 
 | 1657 |     if (!Redeclaration && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 | 1658 |       // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a | 
 | 1659 |       // member function, but there was no such member function | 
 | 1660 |       // declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2). For example: | 
 | 1661 |       //  | 
 | 1662 |       // class X { | 
 | 1663 |       //   void f() const; | 
 | 1664 |       // };  | 
 | 1665 |       // | 
 | 1666 |       // void X::f() { } // ill-formed | 
 | 1667 |       // | 
 | 1668 |       // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close | 
 | 1669 |       // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and | 
 | 1670 |       // whether the parameter types are references). | 
 | 1671 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) | 
 | 1672 |         << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDeclName()  | 
 | 1673 |         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 | 1674 |       InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 1675 |          | 
| Douglas Gregor | d863517 | 2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1676 |       LookupResult Prev = LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,  | 
 | 1677 |                                               true); | 
 | 1678 |       assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&  | 
 | 1679 |              "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); | 
 | 1680 |       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); | 
 | 1681 |            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { | 
 | 1682 |         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func) && | 
 | 1683 |             isNearlyMatchingMemberFunction(Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), | 
 | 1684 |                                            NewFD)) | 
 | 1685 |           Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1686 |       } | 
| Douglas Gregor | d863517 | 2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1687 |   | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1688 |       PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 1689 |     } | 
 | 1690 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | d863517 | 2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 |  | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1692 |   // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes | 
 | 1693 |   // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). | 
 | 1694 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(NewFD, D); | 
 | 1695 |  | 
 | 1696 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 1697 |     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. | 
 | 1698 |     CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); | 
 | 1699 |  | 
 | 1700 |     // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a | 
 | 1701 |     // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). | 
 | 1702 |     if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !InvalidDecl) { | 
 | 1703 |       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_out_of_line_declaration) | 
 | 1704 |         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 | 1705 |       InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 1706 |     } | 
 | 1707 |   } | 
 | 1708 |   return NewFD; | 
 | 1709 | } | 
 | 1710 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1711 | void Sema::InitializerElementNotConstant(const Expr *Init) { | 
| Chris Lattner | dcd5ef1 | 2008-11-19 05:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1712 |   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) | 
 | 1713 |     << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 | } | 
 | 1715 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 | bool Sema::CheckAddressConstantExpressionLValue(const Expr* Init) { | 
 | 1717 |   switch (Init->getStmtClass()) { | 
 | 1718 |   default: | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1719 |     InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1720 |     return true; | 
 | 1721 |   case Expr::ParenExprClass: { | 
 | 1722 |     const ParenExpr* PE = cast<ParenExpr>(Init); | 
 | 1723 |     return CheckAddressConstantExpressionLValue(PE->getSubExpr()); | 
 | 1724 |   } | 
 | 1725 |   case Expr::CompoundLiteralExprClass: | 
 | 1726 |     return cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Init)->isFileScope(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a49af9 | 2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 |   case Expr::DeclRefExprClass:  | 
 | 1728 |   case Expr::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass: { | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1729 |     const Decl *D = cast<DeclRefExpr>(Init)->getDecl(); | 
| Eli Friedman | 97c0a39 | 2008-05-21 03:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1730 |     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | 
 | 1731 |       if (VD->hasGlobalStorage()) | 
 | 1732 |         return false; | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1733 |       InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | 97c0a39 | 2008-05-21 03:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1734 |       return true; | 
 | 1735 |     } | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1736 |     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) | 
 | 1737 |       return false; | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1738 |     InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1739 |     return true; | 
 | 1740 |   } | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1741 |   case Expr::MemberExprClass: { | 
 | 1742 |     const MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(Init); | 
 | 1743 |     if (M->isArrow()) | 
 | 1744 |       return CheckAddressConstantExpression(M->getBase()); | 
 | 1745 |     return CheckAddressConstantExpressionLValue(M->getBase()); | 
 | 1746 |   } | 
 | 1747 |   case Expr::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { | 
 | 1748 |     // FIXME: Should we pedwarn for "x[0+0]" (where x is a pointer)? | 
 | 1749 |     const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Init); | 
 | 1750 |     return CheckAddressConstantExpression(ASE->getBase()) || | 
 | 1751 |            CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(ASE->getIdx()); | 
 | 1752 |   } | 
 | 1753 |   case Expr::StringLiteralClass: | 
| Chris Lattner | d9f6910 | 2008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1754 |   case Expr::PredefinedExprClass: | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1755 |     return false; | 
 | 1756 |   case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { | 
 | 1757 |     const UnaryOperator *Exp = cast<UnaryOperator>(Init); | 
 | 1758 |  | 
 | 1759 |     // C99 6.6p9 | 
 | 1760 |     if (Exp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref) | 
| Eli Friedman | 97c0a39 | 2008-05-21 03:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1761 |       return CheckAddressConstantExpression(Exp->getSubExpr()); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1762 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1763 |     InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 |     return true; | 
 | 1765 |   } | 
 | 1766 |   } | 
 | 1767 | } | 
 | 1768 |  | 
 | 1769 | bool Sema::CheckAddressConstantExpression(const Expr* Init) { | 
 | 1770 |   switch (Init->getStmtClass()) { | 
 | 1771 |   default: | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1772 |     InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1773 |     return true; | 
| Chris Lattner | 506ff88 | 2008-10-06 07:26:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1774 |   case Expr::ParenExprClass: | 
 | 1775 |     return CheckAddressConstantExpression(cast<ParenExpr>(Init)->getSubExpr()); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1776 |   case Expr::StringLiteralClass: | 
 | 1777 |   case Expr::ObjCStringLiteralClass: | 
 | 1778 |     return false; | 
| Chris Lattner | 506ff88 | 2008-10-06 07:26:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1779 |   case Expr::CallExprClass: | 
| Douglas Gregor | b460980 | 2008-11-14 16:09:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1780 |   case Expr::CXXOperatorCallExprClass: | 
| Chris Lattner | 506ff88 | 2008-10-06 07:26:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 |     // __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString is a valid constant l-value. | 
 | 1782 |     if (cast<CallExpr>(Init)->isBuiltinCall() ==  | 
 | 1783 |            Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString) | 
 | 1784 |       return false; | 
 | 1785 |        | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1786 |     InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Chris Lattner | 506ff88 | 2008-10-06 07:26:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1787 |     return true; | 
 | 1788 |        | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1789 |   case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { | 
 | 1790 |     const UnaryOperator *Exp = cast<UnaryOperator>(Init); | 
 | 1791 |  | 
 | 1792 |     // C99 6.6p9 | 
 | 1793 |     if (Exp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) | 
 | 1794 |       return CheckAddressConstantExpressionLValue(Exp->getSubExpr()); | 
 | 1795 |  | 
 | 1796 |     if (Exp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Extension) | 
 | 1797 |       return CheckAddressConstantExpression(Exp->getSubExpr()); | 
 | 1798 |    | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 |     InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 |     return true; | 
 | 1801 |   } | 
 | 1802 |   case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: { | 
 | 1803 |     // FIXME: Should we pedwarn for expressions like "a + 1 + 2"? | 
 | 1804 |     const BinaryOperator *Exp = cast<BinaryOperator>(Init); | 
 | 1805 |  | 
 | 1806 |     Expr *PExp = Exp->getLHS(); | 
 | 1807 |     Expr *IExp = Exp->getRHS(); | 
 | 1808 |     if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType()) | 
 | 1809 |       std::swap(PExp, IExp); | 
 | 1810 |  | 
 | 1811 |     // FIXME: Should we pedwarn if IExp isn't an integer constant expression? | 
 | 1812 |     return CheckAddressConstantExpression(PExp) || | 
 | 1813 |            CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(IExp); | 
 | 1814 |   } | 
| Eli Friedman | c3f0764 | 2008-08-25 20:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1815 |   case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass: | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6eec8e8 | 2008-10-28 15:36:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1816 |   case Expr::CStyleCastExprClass: { | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 |     const Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(Init)->getSubExpr(); | 
| Eli Friedman | c3f0764 | 2008-08-25 20:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1818 |     if (Init->getStmtClass() == Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass) { | 
 | 1819 |       // Check for implicit promotion | 
 | 1820 |       if (SubExpr->getType()->isFunctionType() || | 
 | 1821 |           SubExpr->getType()->isArrayType()) | 
 | 1822 |         return CheckAddressConstantExpressionLValue(SubExpr); | 
 | 1823 |     } | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1824 |  | 
 | 1825 |     // Check for pointer->pointer cast | 
 | 1826 |     if (SubExpr->getType()->isPointerType()) | 
 | 1827 |       return CheckAddressConstantExpression(SubExpr); | 
 | 1828 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | c3f0764 | 2008-08-25 20:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1829 |     if (SubExpr->getType()->isIntegralType()) { | 
 | 1830 |       // Check for the special-case of a pointer->int->pointer cast; | 
 | 1831 |       // this isn't standard, but some code requires it. See | 
 | 1832 |       // PR2720 for an example. | 
 | 1833 |       if (const CastExpr* SubCast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubExpr)) { | 
 | 1834 |         if (SubCast->getSubExpr()->getType()->isPointerType()) { | 
 | 1835 |           unsigned IntWidth = Context.getIntWidth(SubCast->getType()); | 
 | 1836 |           unsigned PointerWidth = Context.getTypeSize(Context.VoidPtrTy); | 
 | 1837 |           if (IntWidth >= PointerWidth) { | 
 | 1838 |             return CheckAddressConstantExpression(SubCast->getSubExpr()); | 
 | 1839 |           } | 
 | 1840 |         } | 
 | 1841 |       } | 
 | 1842 |     } | 
 | 1843 |     if (SubExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1844 |       return CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(SubExpr); | 
| Eli Friedman | c3f0764 | 2008-08-25 20:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1845 |     } | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1846 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1847 |     InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1848 |     return true; | 
 | 1849 |   } | 
 | 1850 |   case Expr::ConditionalOperatorClass: { | 
 | 1851 |     // FIXME: Should we pedwarn here? | 
 | 1852 |     const ConditionalOperator *Exp = cast<ConditionalOperator>(Init); | 
 | 1853 |     if (!Exp->getCond()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1854 |       InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 |       return true; | 
 | 1856 |     } | 
 | 1857 |     if (CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getCond())) | 
 | 1858 |       return true; | 
 | 1859 |     if (Exp->getLHS() && | 
 | 1860 |         CheckAddressConstantExpression(Exp->getLHS())) | 
 | 1861 |       return true; | 
 | 1862 |     return CheckAddressConstantExpression(Exp->getRHS()); | 
 | 1863 |   } | 
 | 1864 |   case Expr::AddrLabelExprClass: | 
 | 1865 |     return false; | 
 | 1866 |   } | 
 | 1867 | } | 
 | 1868 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 4caf055 | 2008-06-09 05:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1869 | static const Expr* FindExpressionBaseAddress(const Expr* E); | 
 | 1870 |  | 
 | 1871 | static const Expr* FindExpressionBaseAddressLValue(const Expr* E) { | 
 | 1872 |   switch (E->getStmtClass()) { | 
 | 1873 |   default: | 
 | 1874 |     return E; | 
 | 1875 |   case Expr::ParenExprClass: { | 
 | 1876 |     const ParenExpr* PE = cast<ParenExpr>(E); | 
 | 1877 |     return FindExpressionBaseAddressLValue(PE->getSubExpr()); | 
 | 1878 |   } | 
 | 1879 |   case Expr::MemberExprClass: { | 
 | 1880 |     const MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E); | 
 | 1881 |     if (M->isArrow()) | 
 | 1882 |       return FindExpressionBaseAddress(M->getBase()); | 
 | 1883 |     return FindExpressionBaseAddressLValue(M->getBase()); | 
 | 1884 |   } | 
 | 1885 |   case Expr::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { | 
 | 1886 |     const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E); | 
 | 1887 |     return FindExpressionBaseAddress(ASE->getBase()); | 
 | 1888 |   } | 
 | 1889 |   case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { | 
 | 1890 |     const UnaryOperator *Exp = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); | 
 | 1891 |  | 
 | 1892 |     if (Exp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref) | 
 | 1893 |       return FindExpressionBaseAddress(Exp->getSubExpr()); | 
 | 1894 |  | 
 | 1895 |     return E; | 
 | 1896 |   } | 
 | 1897 |   } | 
 | 1898 | } | 
 | 1899 |  | 
 | 1900 | static const Expr* FindExpressionBaseAddress(const Expr* E) { | 
 | 1901 |   switch (E->getStmtClass()) { | 
 | 1902 |   default: | 
 | 1903 |     return E; | 
 | 1904 |   case Expr::ParenExprClass: { | 
 | 1905 |     const ParenExpr* PE = cast<ParenExpr>(E); | 
 | 1906 |     return FindExpressionBaseAddress(PE->getSubExpr()); | 
 | 1907 |   } | 
 | 1908 |   case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { | 
 | 1909 |     const UnaryOperator *Exp = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); | 
 | 1910 |  | 
 | 1911 |     // C99 6.6p9 | 
 | 1912 |     if (Exp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) | 
 | 1913 |       return FindExpressionBaseAddressLValue(Exp->getSubExpr()); | 
 | 1914 |  | 
 | 1915 |     if (Exp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Extension) | 
 | 1916 |       return FindExpressionBaseAddress(Exp->getSubExpr()); | 
 | 1917 |    | 
 | 1918 |     return E; | 
 | 1919 |   } | 
 | 1920 |   case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: { | 
 | 1921 |     const BinaryOperator *Exp = cast<BinaryOperator>(E); | 
 | 1922 |  | 
 | 1923 |     Expr *PExp = Exp->getLHS(); | 
 | 1924 |     Expr *IExp = Exp->getRHS(); | 
 | 1925 |     if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType()) | 
 | 1926 |       std::swap(PExp, IExp); | 
 | 1927 |  | 
 | 1928 |     return FindExpressionBaseAddress(PExp); | 
 | 1929 |   } | 
 | 1930 |   case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass: { | 
 | 1931 |     const Expr* SubExpr = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(); | 
 | 1932 |  | 
 | 1933 |     // Check for implicit promotion | 
 | 1934 |     if (SubExpr->getType()->isFunctionType() || | 
 | 1935 |         SubExpr->getType()->isArrayType()) | 
 | 1936 |       return FindExpressionBaseAddressLValue(SubExpr); | 
 | 1937 |  | 
 | 1938 |     // Check for pointer->pointer cast | 
 | 1939 |     if (SubExpr->getType()->isPointerType()) | 
 | 1940 |       return FindExpressionBaseAddress(SubExpr); | 
 | 1941 |  | 
 | 1942 |     // We assume that we have an arithmetic expression here; | 
 | 1943 |     // if we don't, we'll figure it out later | 
 | 1944 |     return 0; | 
 | 1945 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6eec8e8 | 2008-10-28 15:36:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1946 |   case Expr::CStyleCastExprClass: { | 
| Eli Friedman | 4caf055 | 2008-06-09 05:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1947 |     const Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(); | 
 | 1948 |  | 
 | 1949 |     // Check for pointer->pointer cast | 
 | 1950 |     if (SubExpr->getType()->isPointerType()) | 
 | 1951 |       return FindExpressionBaseAddress(SubExpr); | 
 | 1952 |  | 
 | 1953 |     // We assume that we have an arithmetic expression here; | 
 | 1954 |     // if we don't, we'll figure it out later | 
 | 1955 |     return 0; | 
 | 1956 |   } | 
 | 1957 |   } | 
 | 1958 | } | 
 | 1959 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 51fe996 | 2008-11-22 21:04:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1960 | bool Sema::CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(const Expr* Init) {   | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1961 |   switch (Init->getStmtClass()) { | 
 | 1962 |   default: | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1963 |     InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1964 |     return true; | 
 | 1965 |   case Expr::ParenExprClass: { | 
 | 1966 |     const ParenExpr* PE = cast<ParenExpr>(Init); | 
 | 1967 |     return CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); | 
 | 1968 |   } | 
 | 1969 |   case Expr::FloatingLiteralClass: | 
 | 1970 |   case Expr::IntegerLiteralClass: | 
 | 1971 |   case Expr::CharacterLiteralClass: | 
 | 1972 |   case Expr::ImaginaryLiteralClass: | 
 | 1973 |   case Expr::TypesCompatibleExprClass: | 
 | 1974 |   case Expr::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass: | 
 | 1975 |     return false; | 
| Douglas Gregor | b460980 | 2008-11-14 16:09:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1976 |   case Expr::CallExprClass:  | 
 | 1977 |   case Expr::CXXOperatorCallExprClass: { | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1978 |     const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(Init); | 
| Chris Lattner | 45b6b9d | 2008-10-06 06:49:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1979 |  | 
 | 1980 |     // Allow any constant foldable calls to builtins. | 
 | 1981 |     if (CE->isBuiltinCall() && CE->isEvaluatable(Context)) | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1982 |       return false; | 
| Chris Lattner | 45b6b9d | 2008-10-06 06:49:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1983 |      | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1984 |     InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1985 |     return true; | 
 | 1986 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a49af9 | 2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1987 |   case Expr::DeclRefExprClass: | 
 | 1988 |   case Expr::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass: { | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 |     const Decl *D = cast<DeclRefExpr>(Init)->getDecl(); | 
 | 1990 |     if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D)) | 
 | 1991 |       return false; | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 |     InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1993 |     return true; | 
 | 1994 |   } | 
 | 1995 |   case Expr::CompoundLiteralExprClass: | 
 | 1996 |     // Allow "(vector type){2,4}"; normal C constraints don't allow this, | 
 | 1997 |     // but vectors are allowed to be magic. | 
 | 1998 |     if (Init->getType()->isVectorType()) | 
 | 1999 |       return false; | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 |     InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 |     return true; | 
 | 2002 |   case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { | 
 | 2003 |     const UnaryOperator *Exp = cast<UnaryOperator>(Init); | 
 | 2004 |    | 
 | 2005 |     switch (Exp->getOpcode()) { | 
 | 2006 |     // Address, indirect, pre/post inc/dec, etc are not valid constant exprs. | 
 | 2007 |     // See C99 6.6p3. | 
 | 2008 |     default: | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2009 |       InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2010 |       return true; | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2011 |     case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf: | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2012 |       if (Exp->getSubExpr()->getType()->isConstantSizeType()) | 
 | 2013 |         return false; | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2014 |       InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 |       return true; | 
 | 2016 |     case UnaryOperator::Extension: | 
 | 2017 |     case UnaryOperator::LNot: | 
 | 2018 |     case UnaryOperator::Plus: | 
 | 2019 |     case UnaryOperator::Minus: | 
 | 2020 |     case UnaryOperator::Not: | 
 | 2021 |       return CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getSubExpr()); | 
 | 2022 |     } | 
 | 2023 |   } | 
| Sebastian Redl | 0518999 | 2008-11-11 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2024 |   case Expr::SizeOfAlignOfExprClass: { | 
 | 2025 |     const SizeOfAlignOfExpr *Exp = cast<SizeOfAlignOfExpr>(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2026 |     // Special check for void types, which are allowed as an extension | 
| Sebastian Redl | 0518999 | 2008-11-11 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 |     if (Exp->getTypeOfArgument()->isVoidType()) | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2028 |       return false; | 
 | 2029 |     // alignof always evaluates to a constant. | 
 | 2030 |     // FIXME: is sizeof(int[3.0]) a constant expression? | 
| Sebastian Redl | 0518999 | 2008-11-11 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2031 |     if (Exp->isSizeOf() && !Exp->getTypeOfArgument()->isConstantSizeType()) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2032 |       InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 |       return true; | 
 | 2034 |     } | 
 | 2035 |     return false; | 
 | 2036 |   } | 
 | 2037 |   case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: { | 
 | 2038 |     const BinaryOperator *Exp = cast<BinaryOperator>(Init); | 
 | 2039 |  | 
 | 2040 |     if (Exp->getLHS()->getType()->isArithmeticType() && | 
 | 2041 |         Exp->getRHS()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { | 
 | 2042 |       return CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getLHS()) || | 
 | 2043 |              CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getRHS()); | 
 | 2044 |     } | 
 | 2045 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 4caf055 | 2008-06-09 05:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2046 |     if (Exp->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType() && | 
 | 2047 |         Exp->getRHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) { | 
 | 2048 |       const Expr* LHSBase = FindExpressionBaseAddress(Exp->getLHS()); | 
 | 2049 |       const Expr* RHSBase = FindExpressionBaseAddress(Exp->getRHS()); | 
 | 2050 |  | 
 | 2051 |       // Only allow a null (constant integer) base; we could | 
 | 2052 |       // allow some additional cases if necessary, but this | 
 | 2053 |       // is sufficient to cover offsetof-like constructs. | 
 | 2054 |       if (!LHSBase && !RHSBase) { | 
 | 2055 |         return CheckAddressConstantExpression(Exp->getLHS()) || | 
 | 2056 |                CheckAddressConstantExpression(Exp->getRHS()); | 
 | 2057 |       } | 
 | 2058 |     } | 
 | 2059 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 |     InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2061 |     return true; | 
 | 2062 |   } | 
 | 2063 |   case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass: | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6eec8e8 | 2008-10-28 15:36:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2064 |   case Expr::CStyleCastExprClass: { | 
| Nuno Lopes | ff77645 | 2009-02-02 22:57:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2065 |     const CastExpr *CE = cast<CastExpr>(Init); | 
 | 2066 |     const Expr *SubExpr = CE->getSubExpr(); | 
 | 2067 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 6d4abe1 | 2008-09-01 22:08:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2068 |     if (SubExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) | 
 | 2069 |       return CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(SubExpr); | 
 | 2070 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | b529d83 | 2008-09-02 09:37:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2071 |     if (SubExpr->getType()->isPointerType()) { | 
 | 2072 |       const Expr* Base = FindExpressionBaseAddress(SubExpr); | 
| Nuno Lopes | ff77645 | 2009-02-02 22:57:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2073 |       if (Base) { | 
 | 2074 |         // the cast is only valid if done to a wide enough type | 
 | 2075 |         if (Context.getTypeSize(CE->getType()) >= | 
 | 2076 |             Context.getTypeSize(SubExpr->getType())) | 
 | 2077 |           return false; | 
 | 2078 |       } else { | 
 | 2079 |         // If the pointer has a null base, this is an offsetof-like construct | 
 | 2080 |         return CheckAddressConstantExpression(SubExpr); | 
 | 2081 |       } | 
| Eli Friedman | b529d83 | 2008-09-02 09:37:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2082 |     } | 
 | 2083 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2084 |     InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | 6d4abe1 | 2008-09-01 22:08:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2085 |     return true; | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2086 |   } | 
 | 2087 |   case Expr::ConditionalOperatorClass: { | 
 | 2088 |     const ConditionalOperator *Exp = cast<ConditionalOperator>(Init); | 
| Chris Lattner | 46cfefa | 2008-10-06 05:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2089 |      | 
 | 2090 |     // If GNU extensions are disabled, we require all operands to be arithmetic | 
 | 2091 |     // constant expressions. | 
 | 2092 |     if (getLangOptions().NoExtensions) { | 
 | 2093 |       return CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getCond()) || | 
 | 2094 |           (Exp->getLHS() && CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getLHS())) || | 
 | 2095 |              CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getRHS()); | 
 | 2096 |     } | 
 | 2097 |  | 
 | 2098 |     // Otherwise, we have to emulate some of the behavior of fold here. | 
 | 2099 |     // Basically GCC treats things like "4 ? 1 : somefunc()" as a constant | 
 | 2100 |     // because it can constant fold things away.  To retain compatibility with | 
 | 2101 |     // GCC code, we see if we can fold the condition to a constant (which we | 
 | 2102 |     // should always be able to do in theory).  If so, we only require the | 
 | 2103 |     // specified arm of the conditional to be a constant.  This is a horrible | 
 | 2104 |     // hack, but is require by real world code that uses __builtin_constant_p. | 
| Anders Carlsson | 1c0cfd4 | 2008-12-19 20:58:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2105 |     Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; | 
 | 2106 |     if (!Exp->getCond()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) ||  | 
 | 2107 |         EvalResult.HasSideEffects) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 6ee7aa1 | 2008-11-16 21:24:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 |       // If Evaluate couldn't fold it, CheckArithmeticConstantExpression | 
| Chris Lattner | 46cfefa | 2008-10-06 05:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2109 |       // won't be able to either.  Use it to emit the diagnostic though. | 
 | 2110 |       bool Res = CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getCond()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6ee7aa1 | 2008-11-16 21:24:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2111 |       assert(Res && "Evaluate couldn't evaluate this constant?"); | 
| Chris Lattner | 46cfefa | 2008-10-06 05:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2112 |       return Res; | 
 | 2113 |     } | 
 | 2114 |      | 
 | 2115 |     // Verify that the side following the condition is also a constant. | 
 | 2116 |     const Expr *TrueSide = Exp->getLHS(), *FalseSide = Exp->getRHS(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 1c0cfd4 | 2008-12-19 20:58:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2117 |     if (EvalResult.Val.getInt() == 0)  | 
| Chris Lattner | 46cfefa | 2008-10-06 05:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2118 |       std::swap(TrueSide, FalseSide); | 
 | 2119 |      | 
 | 2120 |     if (TrueSide && CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(TrueSide)) | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2121 |       return true; | 
| Chris Lattner | 46cfefa | 2008-10-06 05:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2122 |        | 
 | 2123 |     // Okay, the evaluated side evaluates to a constant, so we accept this. | 
 | 2124 |     // Check to see if the other side is obviously not a constant.  If so,  | 
 | 2125 |     // emit a warning that this is a GNU extension. | 
| Chris Lattner | 45b6b9d | 2008-10-06 06:49:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2126 |     if (FalseSide && !FalseSide->isEvaluatable(Context)) | 
| Chris Lattner | 46cfefa | 2008-10-06 05:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2127 |       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(),  | 
| Chris Lattner | dcd5ef1 | 2008-11-19 05:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2128 |            diag::ext_typecheck_expression_not_constant_but_accepted) | 
 | 2129 |         << FalseSide->getSourceRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 46cfefa | 2008-10-06 05:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2130 |     return false; | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2131 |   } | 
 | 2132 |   } | 
 | 2133 | } | 
 | 2134 |  | 
 | 2135 | bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 05c13a3 | 2009-01-22 00:58:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2136 |   if (DesignatedInitExpr *DIE = dyn_cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(Init)) | 
 | 2137 |     Init = DIE->getInit(); | 
 | 2138 |  | 
| Nuno Lopes | 9a979c3 | 2008-07-07 16:46:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2139 |   Init = Init->IgnoreParens(); | 
 | 2140 |  | 
| Nate Begeman | 59b5da6 | 2009-01-18 03:20:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2141 |   if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9e09f5d | 2008-12-05 05:09:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2142 |     return false; | 
 | 2143 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 |   // Look through CXXDefaultArgExprs; they have no meaning in this context. | 
 | 2145 |   if (CXXDefaultArgExpr* DAE = dyn_cast<CXXDefaultArgExpr>(Init)) | 
 | 2146 |     return CheckForConstantInitializer(DAE->getExpr(), DclT); | 
 | 2147 |  | 
| Nuno Lopes | 9a979c3 | 2008-07-07 16:46:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2148 |   if (CompoundLiteralExpr *e = dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Init)) | 
 | 2149 |     return CheckForConstantInitializer(e->getInitializer(), DclT); | 
 | 2150 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3498bdb | 2009-01-29 17:44:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2151 |   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) { | 
 | 2152 |     // FIXME: In C++, check for non-POD types. | 
 | 2153 |     return false; | 
 | 2154 |   } | 
 | 2155 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2156 |   if (InitListExpr *Exp = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { | 
 | 2157 |     unsigned numInits = Exp->getNumInits(); | 
 | 2158 |     for (unsigned i = 0; i < numInits; i++) { | 
 | 2159 |       // FIXME: Need to get the type of the declaration for C++, | 
 | 2160 |       // because it could be a reference? | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c67834 | 2009-01-28 21:54:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2161 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 |       if (CheckForConstantInitializer(Exp->getInit(i), | 
 | 2163 |                                       Exp->getInit(i)->getType())) | 
 | 2164 |         return true; | 
 | 2165 |     } | 
 | 2166 |     return false; | 
 | 2167 |   } | 
 | 2168 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9e09f5d | 2008-12-05 05:09:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2169 |   // FIXME: We can probably remove some of this code below, now that  | 
 | 2170 |   // Expr::Evaluate is doing the heavy lifting for scalars. | 
 | 2171 |    | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2172 |   if (Init->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) | 
 | 2173 |     return false; | 
 | 2174 |   if (Init->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | b77792e | 2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2175 |     QualType InitTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Init->getType()) | 
 | 2176 |                              .getUnqualifiedType(); | 
| Eli Friedman | c1cc6dc | 2008-05-30 18:14:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2177 |     if (InitTy == Context.BoolTy) { | 
 | 2178 |       // Special handling for pointers implicitly cast to bool; | 
 | 2179 |       // (e.g. "_Bool rr = &rr;"). This is only legal at the top level. | 
 | 2180 |       if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Init)) { | 
 | 2181 |         Expr* SubE = ICE->getSubExpr(); | 
 | 2182 |         if (SubE->getType()->isPointerType() || | 
 | 2183 |             SubE->getType()->isArrayType() || | 
 | 2184 |             SubE->getType()->isFunctionType()) { | 
 | 2185 |           return CheckAddressConstantExpression(Init); | 
 | 2186 |         } | 
 | 2187 |       } | 
 | 2188 |     } else if (InitTy->isIntegralType()) { | 
 | 2189 |       Expr* SubE = 0; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0835a3c | 2008-08-18 23:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2190 |       if (CastExpr* CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(Init)) | 
| Eli Friedman | c1cc6dc | 2008-05-30 18:14:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2191 |         SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); | 
 | 2192 |       // Special check for pointer cast to int; we allow as an extension | 
 | 2193 |       // an address constant cast to an integer if the integer | 
 | 2194 |       // is of an appropriate width (this sort of code is apparently used | 
 | 2195 |       // in some places). | 
 | 2196 |       // FIXME: Add pedwarn? | 
 | 2197 |       // FIXME: Don't allow bitfields here!  Need the FieldDecl for that. | 
 | 2198 |       if (SubE && (SubE->getType()->isPointerType() || | 
 | 2199 |                    SubE->getType()->isArrayType() || | 
 | 2200 |                    SubE->getType()->isFunctionType())) { | 
 | 2201 |         unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTypeSize(Init->getType()); | 
 | 2202 |         unsigned PointerWidth = Context.getTypeSize(Context.VoidPtrTy); | 
 | 2203 |         if (IntWidth >= PointerWidth) | 
 | 2204 |           return CheckAddressConstantExpression(Init); | 
 | 2205 |       } | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2206 |     } | 
 | 2207 |  | 
 | 2208 |     return CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Init); | 
 | 2209 |   } | 
 | 2210 |  | 
 | 2211 |   if (Init->getType()->isPointerType()) | 
 | 2212 |     return CheckAddressConstantExpression(Init); | 
 | 2213 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | c1cc6dc | 2008-05-30 18:14:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2214 |   // An array type at the top level that isn't an init-list must | 
 | 2215 |   // be a string literal | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2216 |   if (Init->getType()->isArrayType()) | 
 | 2217 |     return false; | 
 | 2218 |  | 
| Nuno Lopes | 73419bf | 2008-09-01 18:42:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2219 |   if (Init->getType()->isFunctionType()) | 
 | 2220 |     return false; | 
 | 2221 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 8af6a45 | 2008-10-02 17:12:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 |   // Allow block exprs at top level. | 
 | 2223 |   if (Init->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) | 
 | 2224 |     return false; | 
| Nuno Lopes | 6ed2ef8 | 2009-01-15 16:44:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2225 |  | 
 | 2226 |   // GCC cast to union extension | 
 | 2227 |   // note: the validity of the cast expr is checked by CheckCastTypes() | 
 | 2228 |   if (CastExpr *C = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(Init)) { | 
 | 2229 |     QualType T = C->getType(); | 
 | 2230 |     return T->isUnionType() && CheckForConstantInitializer(C->getSubExpr(), T); | 
 | 2231 |   } | 
 | 2232 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 6594a70 | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2233 |   InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 |   return true; | 
| Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2235 | } | 
 | 2236 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 798d119 | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2237 | void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(DeclTy *dcl, ExprArg init) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2238 |   AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, move(init), /*DirectInit=*/false); | 
 | 2239 | } | 
 | 2240 |  | 
 | 2241 | /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the | 
 | 2242 | /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct | 
 | 2243 | /// initialization rather than copy initialization. | 
 | 2244 | void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(DeclTy *dcl, ExprArg init, bool DirectInit) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 |   Decl *RealDecl = static_cast<Decl *>(dcl); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 798d119 | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2246 |   Expr *Init = static_cast<Expr *>(init.release()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a11b9a | 2007-10-19 20:10:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2247 |   assert(Init && "missing initializer"); | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2248 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a11b9a | 2007-10-19 20:10:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2249 |   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore | 
 | 2250 |   // the initializer. | 
 | 2251 |   if (RealDecl == 0) { | 
 | 2252 |     delete Init; | 
 | 2253 |     return; | 
 | 2254 |   } | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2255 |    | 
| Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2256 |   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); | 
 | 2257 |   if (!VDecl) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2258 |     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); | 
| Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2259 |     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2260 |     return; | 
 | 2261 |   }   | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2262 |   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since | 
| Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2263 |   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. | 
| Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 |   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; | 
| Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 |   if (VDecl->isBlockVarDecl()) { | 
 | 2266 |     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = VDecl->getStorageClass(); | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2267 |     if (SC == VarDecl::Extern) { // C99 6.7.8p5 | 
| Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2268 |       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); | 
| Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2269 |       VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2270 |     } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2271 |       if (CheckInitializerTypes(Init, DclT, VDecl->getLocation(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2272 |                                 VDecl->getDeclName(), DirectInit)) | 
| Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2273 |         VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2274 |        | 
 | 2275 |       // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. | 
 | 2276 |       if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 2277 |         if (SC == VarDecl::Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. | 
 | 2278 |           CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); | 
 | 2279 |       } | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2280 |     } | 
| Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2281 |   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { | 
 | 2282 |     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Extern) | 
| Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2283 |       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); | 
| Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 |     if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2285 |       if (CheckInitializerTypes(Init, DclT, VDecl->getLocation(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2286 |                                 VDecl->getDeclName(), DirectInit)) | 
| Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2287 |         VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2288 |      | 
| Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2289 |     // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. | 
 | 2290 |     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 2291 |       // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. | 
 | 2292 |       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); | 
 | 2293 |     } | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 |   } | 
 | 2295 |   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was | 
 | 2296 |   // completed by the initializer. For example:  | 
 | 2297 |   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; | 
 | 2298 |   // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. | 
| Christopher Lamb | 48b1239 | 2007-11-29 19:09:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2299 |   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2300 |     VDecl->setType(DclT); | 
| Christopher Lamb | 48b1239 | 2007-11-29 19:09:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 |     Init->setType(DclT); | 
 | 2302 |   } | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 |      | 
 | 2304 |   // Attach the initializer to the decl. | 
| Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2305 |   VDecl->setInit(Init); | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2306 |   return; | 
 | 2307 | } | 
 | 2308 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2309 | void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(DeclTy *dcl) { | 
 | 2310 |   Decl *RealDecl = static_cast<Decl *>(dcl); | 
 | 2311 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 48c2e90 | 2008-11-07 13:01:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2312 |   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. | 
 | 2313 |   if (RealDecl == 0) | 
 | 2314 |     return; | 
 | 2315 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 |   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { | 
 | 2317 |     QualType Type = Var->getType(); | 
 | 2318 |     // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p3: | 
 | 2319 |     //   The initializer can be omitted for a reference only in a | 
 | 2320 |     //   parameter declaration (8.3.5), in the declaration of a | 
 | 2321 |     //   function return type, in the declaration of a class member | 
 | 2322 |     //   within its class declaration (9.2), and where the extern | 
 | 2323 |     //   specifier is explicitly used. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9e7d9de | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 |     if (Type->isReferenceType() &&  | 
 | 2325 |         Var->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern && | 
 | 2326 |         Var->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::PrivateExtern) { | 
| Chris Lattner | d3a94e2 | 2008-11-20 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 |       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 |         << Var->getDeclName() | 
 | 2329 |         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 |       Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2331 |       return; | 
 | 2332 |     } | 
 | 2333 |  | 
 | 2334 |     // C++ [dcl.init]p9: | 
 | 2335 |     // | 
 | 2336 |     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the object | 
 | 2337 |     //   is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or array | 
 | 2338 |     //   thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if the | 
 | 2339 |     //   object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class type | 
 | 2340 |     //   shall have a user-declared default constructor. | 
 | 2341 |     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 2342 |       QualType InitType = Type; | 
 | 2343 |       if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(Type)) | 
 | 2344 |         InitType = Array->getElementType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9e7d9de | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2345 |       if (Var->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern && | 
 | 2346 |           Var->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::PrivateExtern && | 
 | 2347 |           InitType->isRecordType()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2348 |         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | 
 | 2349 |           = PerformInitializationByConstructor(InitType, 0, 0,  | 
 | 2350 |                                                Var->getLocation(), | 
 | 2351 |                                                SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), | 
 | 2352 |                                                            Var->getLocation()), | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 |                                                Var->getDeclName(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2354 |                                                IK_Default); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2355 |         if (!Constructor) | 
 | 2356 |           Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2357 |       } | 
 | 2358 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2359 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 818ce48 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2360 | #if 0 | 
 | 2361 |     // FIXME: Temporarily disabled because we are not properly parsing | 
 | 2362 |     // linkage specifications on declarations, e.g.,  | 
 | 2363 |     // | 
 | 2364 |     //   extern "C" const CGPoint CGPointerZero; | 
 | 2365 |     // | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2366 |     // C++ [dcl.init]p9: | 
 | 2367 |     // | 
 | 2368 |     //     If no initializer is specified for an object, and the | 
 | 2369 |     //     object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or | 
 | 2370 |     //     array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if | 
 | 2371 |     //     the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class | 
 | 2372 |     //     type shall have a user-declared default | 
 | 2373 |     //     constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for | 
 | 2374 |     //     an object, the object and its subobjects, if any, have an | 
 | 2375 |     //     indeterminate initial value; if the object or any of its | 
 | 2376 |     //     subobjects are of const-qualified type, the program is | 
 | 2377 |     //     ill-formed. | 
 | 2378 |     // | 
 | 2379 |     // This isn't technically an error in C, so we don't diagnose it. | 
 | 2380 |     // | 
 | 2381 |     // FIXME: Actually perform the POD/user-defined default | 
 | 2382 |     // constructor check. | 
 | 2383 |     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && | 
| Douglas Gregor | 818ce48 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2384 |         Context.getCanonicalType(Type).isConstQualified() && | 
 | 2385 |         Var->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern) | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2386 |       Diag(Var->getLocation(),  diag::err_const_var_requires_init) | 
 | 2387 |         << Var->getName() | 
 | 2388 |         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 818ce48 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 | #endif | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 |   } | 
 | 2391 | } | 
 | 2392 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 | /// The declarators are chained together backwards, reverse the list. | 
 | 2394 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, DeclTy *group) { | 
 | 2395 |   // Often we have single declarators, handle them quickly. | 
| Steve Naroff | 9474504 | 2007-09-13 23:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2396 |   Decl *GroupDecl = static_cast<Decl*>(group); | 
 | 2397 |   if (GroupDecl == 0) | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2398 |     return 0; | 
| Steve Naroff | 9474504 | 2007-09-13 23:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2399 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2400 |   Decl *Group = dyn_cast<Decl>(GroupDecl); | 
 | 2401 |   Decl *NewGroup = 0; | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2402 |   if (Group->getNextDeclarator() == 0)  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2403 |     NewGroup = Group; | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2404 |   else { // reverse the list. | 
 | 2405 |     while (Group) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2406 |       Decl *Next = Group->getNextDeclarator(); | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2407 |       Group->setNextDeclarator(NewGroup); | 
 | 2408 |       NewGroup = Group; | 
 | 2409 |       Group = Next; | 
 | 2410 |     } | 
 | 2411 |   } | 
 | 2412 |   // Perform semantic analysis that depends on having fully processed both | 
 | 2413 |   // the declarator and initializer. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 |   for (Decl *ID = NewGroup; ID; ID = ID->getNextDeclarator()) { | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2415 |     VarDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ID); | 
 | 2416 |     if (!IDecl) | 
 | 2417 |       continue; | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2418 |     QualType T = IDecl->getType(); | 
 | 2419 |      | 
| Anders Carlsson | 96e05bc | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2420 |     if (T->isVariableArrayType()) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | fcdbb93 | 2008-12-20 21:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2421 |       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7fd1df2 | 2008-12-07 00:49:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2422 |        | 
 | 2423 |       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for  | 
 | 2424 |       // int a[10][n];       | 
 | 2425 |       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 96e05bc | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2426 |       if (IDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7fd1df2 | 2008-12-07 00:49:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 |         Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) << | 
 | 2428 |           SizeRange; | 
 | 2429 |            | 
| Eli Friedman | c5773c4 | 2008-02-15 18:16:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2430 |         IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 96e05bc | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2431 |       } else { | 
 | 2432 |         // C99 6.7.5.2p2: If an identifier is declared to be an object with  | 
 | 2433 |         // static storage duration, it shall not have a variable length array. | 
 | 2434 |         if (IDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7fd1df2 | 2008-12-07 00:49:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 |           Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) | 
 | 2436 |             << SizeRange; | 
| Anders Carlsson | 96e05bc | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2437 |           IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2438 |         } else if (IDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Extern) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7fd1df2 | 2008-12-07 00:49:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2439 |           Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) | 
 | 2440 |             << SizeRange; | 
| Anders Carlsson | 96e05bc | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2441 |           IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2442 |         } | 
 | 2443 |       } | 
 | 2444 |     } else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | 
 | 2445 |       if (IDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { | 
 | 2446 |         Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); | 
 | 2447 |         IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2448 |       } else { | 
 | 2449 |         if (IDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Extern) { | 
 | 2450 |           Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); | 
 | 2451 |           IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2452 |         } | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2453 |       } | 
 | 2454 |     } | 
| Anders Carlsson | 96e05bc | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 |       | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2456 |     // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is declared with | 
 | 2457 |     // no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the object shall be complete... | 
| Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 |     if (IDecl->isBlockVarDecl() &&  | 
 | 2459 |         IDecl->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2460 |       if (!IDecl->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 | 2461 |           DiagnoseIncompleteType(IDecl->getLocation(), T,  | 
 | 2462 |                                  diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2463 |         IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 |     } | 
 | 2465 |     // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for and  | 
 | 2466 |     // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a | 
 | 2467 |     // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", | 
 | 2468 |     // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with | 
 | 2469 |     // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). | 
| Steve Naroff | ff9eb1f | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2470 |     if (isTentativeDefinition(IDecl)) { | 
| Eli Friedman | 9db1397 | 2008-02-15 12:53:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2471 |       if (T->isIncompleteArrayType()) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 9a75f8a | 2008-01-18 20:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2472 |         // C99 6.9.2 (p2, p5): Implicit initialization causes an incomplete | 
 | 2473 |         // array to be completed. Don't issue a diagnostic. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2474 |       } else if (!IDecl->isInvalidDecl() && | 
 | 2475 |                  DiagnoseIncompleteType(IDecl->getLocation(), T, | 
 | 2476 |                                         diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) | 
| Steve Naroff | 9a75f8a | 2008-01-18 20:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2477 |         // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is | 
 | 2478 |         // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the   | 
 | 2479 |         // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2480 |         IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2481 |     } | 
| Steve Naroff | ff9eb1f | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2482 |     if (IDecl->isFileVarDecl()) | 
 | 2483 |       CheckForFileScopedRedefinitions(S, IDecl); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2484 |   } | 
 | 2485 |   return NewGroup; | 
 | 2486 | } | 
| Steve Naroff | e1223f7 | 2007-08-28 03:03:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2487 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2488 | /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() | 
 | 2489 | /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. | 
 | 2490 | Sema::DeclTy * | 
 | 2491 | Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 985abd9 | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2492 |   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2493 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2494 |   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 33ad012 | 2008-09-03 21:54:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2495 |   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = VarDecl::None; | 
 | 2496 |   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { | 
 | 2497 |     StorageClass = VarDecl::Register; | 
 | 2498 |   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2499 |     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 | 2500 |          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); | 
| Chris Lattner | 985abd9 | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 |     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2502 |   } | 
 | 2503 |   if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) { | 
 | 2504 |     Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), | 
 | 2505 |          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); | 
| Chris Lattner | 985abd9 | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2506 |     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2507 |   } | 
 | 2508 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6d6eb57 | 2008-05-07 04:49:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2509 |   // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this | 
 | 2510 |   // parameter (C++ only). | 
 | 2511 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 2512 |     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); | 
 | 2513 |   | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2514 |   // In this context, we *do not* check D.getInvalidType(). If the declarator | 
 | 2515 |   // type was invalid, GetTypeForDeclarator() still returns a "valid" type, | 
 | 2516 |   // though it will not reflect the user specified type. | 
 | 2517 |   QualType parmDeclType = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); | 
 | 2518 |    | 
 | 2519 |   assert(!parmDeclType.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); | 
 | 2520 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2521 |   // TODO: CHECK FOR CONFLICTS, multiple decls with same name in one scope. | 
 | 2522 |   // Can this happen for params?  We already checked that they don't conflict | 
 | 2523 |   // among each other.  Here they can only shadow globals, which is ok. | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2524 |   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); | 
| Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2525 |   if (II) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2526 |     if (NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupOrdinaryName)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2527 |       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { | 
 | 2528 |         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. | 
 | 2529 |         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); | 
 | 2530 |         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. | 
 | 2531 |         PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 2532 |       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { | 
 | 2533 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2534 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2535 |         // Recover by removing the name | 
 | 2536 |         II = 0; | 
 | 2537 |         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
 | 2538 |       } | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2539 |     } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2540 |   } | 
| Steve Naroff | 6a9f3e3 | 2007-08-07 22:44:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2541 |  | 
 | 2542 |   // Perform the default function/array conversion (C99 6.7.5.3p[7,8]). | 
 | 2543 |   // Doing the promotion here has a win and a loss. The win is the type for | 
 | 2544 |   // both Decl's and DeclRefExpr's will match (a convenient invariant for the | 
 | 2545 |   // code generator). The loss is the orginal type isn't preserved. For example: | 
 | 2546 |   // | 
 | 2547 |   // void func(int parmvardecl[5]) { // convert "int [5]" to "int *" | 
 | 2548 |   //    int blockvardecl[5]; | 
 | 2549 |   //    sizeof(parmvardecl);  // size == 4 | 
 | 2550 |   //    sizeof(blockvardecl); // size == 20 | 
 | 2551 |   // } | 
 | 2552 |   // | 
 | 2553 |   // For expressions, all implicit conversions are captured using the | 
 | 2554 |   // ImplicitCastExpr AST node (we have no such mechanism for Decl's). | 
 | 2555 |   // | 
 | 2556 |   // FIXME: If a source translation tool needs to see the original type, then | 
 | 2557 |   // we need to consider storing both types (in ParmVarDecl)... | 
 | 2558 |   //  | 
| Chris Lattner | e632774 | 2008-04-02 05:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2559 |   if (parmDeclType->isArrayType()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 529bd02 | 2008-01-02 22:50:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2560 |     // int x[restrict 4] ->  int *restrict | 
| Chris Lattner | e632774 | 2008-04-02 05:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2561 |     parmDeclType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(parmDeclType); | 
| Chris Lattner | 529bd02 | 2008-01-02 22:50:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2562 |   } else if (parmDeclType->isFunctionType()) | 
| Steve Naroff | 6a9f3e3 | 2007-08-07 22:44:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 |     parmDeclType = Context.getPointerType(parmDeclType); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2565 |   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,  | 
 | 2566 |                                          D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 33ad012 | 2008-09-03 21:54:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2567 |                                          parmDeclType, StorageClass,  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2568 |                                          0); | 
| Anders Carlsson | f78915f | 2008-02-15 07:04:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2569 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2570 |   if (D.getInvalidType()) | 
| Steve Naroff | 53a3234 | 2007-08-28 18:45:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2571 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2572 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2573 |   // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). | 
 | 2574 |   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 | 2575 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) | 
 | 2576 |       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 | 2577 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2578 |   } | 
 | 2579 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 |   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. | 
 | 2581 |   S->AddDecl(New); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 |   if (II) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 |     IdResolver.AddDecl(New); | 
| Nate Begeman | b7894b5 | 2008-02-17 21:20:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2584 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3ff30c8 | 2008-06-29 00:02:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2585 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(New, D); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2586 |   return New; | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2587 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2588 | } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 306d68f | 2007-11-08 23:49:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2589 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | be109b3 | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2590 | void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2591 |   assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && | 
 | 2592 |          "Not a function declarator!"); | 
 | 2593 |   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2594 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 |   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' | 
 | 2596 |   // for a K&R function. | 
 | 2597 |   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { | 
 | 2598 |     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2599 |       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 |         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) | 
 | 2601 |           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2602 |         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better | 
 | 2603 |         // type. | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2604 |         DeclSpec DS; | 
 | 2605 |         const char* PrevSpec; // unused | 
 | 2606 |         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,  | 
 | 2607 |                            PrevSpec); | 
 | 2608 |         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); | 
 | 2609 |         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); | 
| Douglas Gregor | be109b3 | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2610 |         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2611 |       } | 
 | 2612 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | be109b3 | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2613 |   }  | 
 | 2614 | } | 
 | 2615 |  | 
 | 2616 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { | 
 | 2617 |   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); | 
 | 2618 |   assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && | 
 | 2619 |          "Not a function declarator!"); | 
 | 2620 |   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; | 
 | 2621 |  | 
 | 2622 |   if (FTI.hasPrototype) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2623 |     // FIXME: Diagnose arguments without names in C.  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2624 |   } | 
 | 2625 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2626 |   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); | 
| Steve Naroff | adbbd0c | 2008-01-14 20:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2627 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2628 |   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2629 |                                  ActOnDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 0,  | 
 | 2630 |                                                  /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true)); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2631 | } | 
 | 2632 |  | 
 | 2633 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, DeclTy *D) { | 
 | 2634 |   Decl *decl = static_cast<Decl*>(D); | 
| Chris Lattner | e9ba323 | 2008-02-16 01:20:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2635 |   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(decl); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6fc17ff | 2008-10-29 15:10:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2636 |  | 
 | 2637 |   // See if this is a redefinition. | 
 | 2638 |   const FunctionDecl *Definition; | 
 | 2639 |   if (FD->getBody(Definition)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2640 |     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2641 |     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6fc17ff | 2008-10-29 15:10:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2642 |   } | 
 | 2643 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2644 |   PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); | 
| Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2645 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2646 |   // Check the validity of our function parameters | 
 | 2647 |   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD); | 
 | 2648 |  | 
 | 2649 |   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope | 
 | 2650 |   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { | 
 | 2651 |     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); | 
| Douglas Gregor | a8cc8ce | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2652 |     Param->setOwningFunction(FD); | 
 | 2653 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 |     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2655 |     if (Param->getIdentifier()) | 
 | 2656 |       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2657 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 |  | 
| Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2659 |   // Checking attributes of current function definition | 
 | 2660 |   // dllimport attribute. | 
 | 2661 |   if (FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { | 
 | 2662 |     // dllimport attribute cannot be applied to definition. | 
 | 2663 |     if (!(FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>())->isInherited()) { | 
 | 2664 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), | 
 | 2665 |            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) | 
 | 2666 |         << "dllimport"; | 
 | 2667 |       FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2668 |       return FD; | 
 | 2669 |     } else { | 
 | 2670 |       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the | 
 | 2671 |       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is | 
 | 2672 |       // emitted. | 
 | 2673 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), | 
 | 2674 |            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) | 
 | 2675 |         << FD->getNameAsCString() << "dllimport"; | 
 | 2676 |     } | 
 | 2677 |   } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2678 |   return FD; | 
 | 2679 | } | 
 | 2680 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 798d119 | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2681 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(DeclTy *D, StmtArg BodyArg) { | 
| Steve Naroff | d6d054d | 2007-11-11 23:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2682 |   Decl *dcl = static_cast<Decl *>(D); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 798d119 | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2683 |   Stmt *Body = static_cast<Stmt*>(BodyArg.release()); | 
| Steve Naroff | 394f3f4 | 2008-07-25 17:57:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2684 |   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) { | 
| Sebastian Redl | 798d119 | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2685 |     FD->setBody(Body); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 53d0ea5 | 2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2686 |     assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); | 
| Steve Naroff | 394f3f4 | 2008-07-25 17:57:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2687 |   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { | 
| Steve Naroff | d6d054d | 2007-11-11 23:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2688 |     MD->setBody((Stmt*)Body); | 
| Steve Naroff | 394f3f4 | 2008-07-25 17:57:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2689 |   } else | 
 | 2690 |     return 0; | 
| Chris Lattner | b048c98 | 2008-04-06 04:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2691 |   PopDeclContext(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2692 |   // Verify and clean out per-function state. | 
 | 2693 |    | 
 | 2694 |   // Check goto/label use. | 
 | 2695 |   for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator | 
 | 2696 |        I = LabelMap.begin(), E = LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { | 
 | 2697 |     // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto | 
 | 2698 |     // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd | 
 | 2699 |     // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. | 
 | 2700 |     if (I->second->getSubStmt() == 0) { | 
 | 2701 |       LabelStmt *L = I->second; | 
 | 2702 |       // Emit error. | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2703 |       Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2704 |        | 
 | 2705 |       // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label.  Stitch it into | 
 | 2706 |       // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well | 
 | 2707 |       // formed. | 
| Chris Lattner | 0cbc215 | 2008-01-25 00:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2708 |       if (Body) { | 
 | 2709 |         L->setSubStmt(new NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 798d119 | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2710 |         cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)->push_back(L); | 
| Chris Lattner | 0cbc215 | 2008-01-25 00:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2711 |       } else { | 
 | 2712 |         // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly, just delete this. | 
 | 2713 |         delete L; | 
 | 2714 |       } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2715 |     } | 
 | 2716 |   } | 
 | 2717 |   LabelMap.clear(); | 
 | 2718 |    | 
| Steve Naroff | d6d054d | 2007-11-11 23:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2719 |   return D; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 60fbca0 | 2007-11-10 16:31:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 | } | 
 | 2721 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 | /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function | 
 | 2723 | /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 | NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,  | 
 | 2725 |                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 37d1084 | 2008-05-05 21:18:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2726 |   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it. | 
 | 2727 |   if (getLangOptions().C99) | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2728 |     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; | 
| Chris Lattner | 37d1084 | 2008-05-05 21:18:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2729 |   else | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2730 |     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2731 |    | 
 | 2732 |   // FIXME: handle stuff like: | 
 | 2733 |   // void foo() { extern float X(); } | 
 | 2734 |   // void bar() { X(); }  <-- implicit decl for X in another scope. | 
 | 2735 |  | 
 | 2736 |   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); | 
 | 2737 |   const char *Dummy; | 
 | 2738 |   DeclSpec DS; | 
 | 2739 |   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy); | 
 | 2740 |   Error = Error; // Silence warning. | 
 | 2741 |   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); | 
 | 2742 |   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5af2f35 | 2009-01-20 19:11:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 |   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, 0, 0, 0, Loc, D)); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2744 |   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); | 
 | 2745 |    | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 93213bb | 2008-05-01 21:04:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2746 |   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. | 
 | 2747 |  | 
 | 2748 |   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; | 
 | 2749 |   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | 
 | 2750 |   | 
| Steve Naroff | e2ef815 | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2751 |   FunctionDecl *FD =  | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 914701e | 2008-08-05 16:28:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2752 |     dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D, 0))); | 
| Steve Naroff | e2ef815 | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2753 |   FD->setImplicit(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 93213bb | 2008-05-01 21:04:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2754 |  | 
 | 2755 |   CurContext = PrevDC; | 
 | 2756 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | e2ef815 | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2757 |   return FD; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2758 | } | 
 | 2759 |  | 
 | 2760 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 41af093 | 2007-11-14 06:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2761 | TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2762 |                                     Decl *LastDeclarator) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2763 |   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); | 
| Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2764 |   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2765 |    | 
 | 2766 |   // Scope manipulation handled by caller. | 
| Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2767 |   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, | 
 | 2768 |                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
| Chris Lattner | 6c2b6eb | 2008-03-15 06:12:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2769 |                                            D.getIdentifier(),  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2770 |                                            T); | 
 | 2771 |   NewTD->setNextDeclarator(LastDeclarator); | 
| Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2772 |   if (D.getInvalidType()) | 
 | 2773 |     NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2774 |   return NewTD; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2775 | } | 
 | 2776 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 | /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2778 | /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2779 | /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TK indicates whether this is a | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2780 | /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2781 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagKind TK, | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | eb83ecd | 2008-11-08 16:45:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2782 |                              SourceLocation KWLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | 
 | 2783 |                              IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, | 
| Douglas Gregor | c4b4e7b | 2008-12-24 02:52:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2784 |                              AttributeList *Attr, | 
 | 2785 |                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2786 |   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2787 |   assert((Name != 0 || TK == TK_Definition) && | 
 | 2788 |          "Nameless record must be a definition!"); | 
 | 2789 |    | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2790 |   TagDecl::TagKind Kind; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2791 |   switch (TagSpec) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2792 |   default: assert(0 && "Unknown tag type!"); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2793 |   case DeclSpec::TST_struct: Kind = TagDecl::TK_struct; break; | 
 | 2794 |   case DeclSpec::TST_union:  Kind = TagDecl::TK_union; break; | 
 | 2795 |   case DeclSpec::TST_class:  Kind = TagDecl::TK_class; break; | 
 | 2796 |   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:   Kind = TagDecl::TK_enum; break; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2797 |   } | 
 | 2798 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 |   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2800 |   DeclContext *DC = CurContext; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 |   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2802 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2803 |   bool Invalid = false; | 
 | 2804 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2805 |   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { | 
 | 2806 |     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). | 
 | 2807 |  | 
 | 2808 |     // Check for invalid 'foo::'. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2809 |     if (SS.isInvalid()) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2810 |       Name = 0; | 
 | 2811 |       goto CreateNewDecl; | 
 | 2812 |     } | 
 | 2813 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2814 |     DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS.getScopeRep()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2815 |     SearchDC = DC; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2816 |     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. | 
| Steve Naroff | 3e8ffd2 | 2009-01-29 00:07:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2817 |     PrevDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>( | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 |                  LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupTagName, true).getAsDecl()); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2819 |  | 
 | 2820 |     // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. | 
 | 2821 |     if (PrevDecl == 0) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 |       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) << Name << SS.getRange(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2823 |       Name = 0; | 
 | 2824 |       goto CreateNewDecl; | 
 | 2825 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2826 |   } else if (Name) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2827 |     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward | 
 | 2828 |     // declaration or definition. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2829 |     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we | 
 | 2830 |     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we | 
 | 2831 |     // shouldn't be diagnosing. | 
| Douglas Gregor | e2c565d | 2009-02-03 19:26:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2832 |     LookupResult R = LookupName(S, Name, LookupTagName, | 
 | 2833 |                                 /*RedeclarationOnly=*/(TK != TK_Reference)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2834 |     if (R.isAmbiguous()) { | 
 | 2835 |       DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(R, Name, NameLoc); | 
 | 2836 |       // FIXME: This is not best way to recover from case like: | 
 | 2837 |       // | 
 | 2838 |       // struct S s; | 
 | 2839 |       // | 
 | 2840 |       // causes needless err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_init latter. | 
 | 2841 |       Name = 0; | 
 | 2842 |       PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 2843 |       Invalid = true; | 
 | 2844 |     } | 
 | 2845 |     else | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2846 |       PrevDecl = R; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2847 |  | 
 | 2848 |     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TK != TK_Reference) { | 
 | 2849 |       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated | 
 | 2850 |       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching | 
 | 2851 |       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 |       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 |       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) | 
 | 2854 |         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2855 |     } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2856 |   } | 
 | 2857 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | f57172b | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2858 |   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 |     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. | 
 | 2860 |     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, PrevDecl); | 
 | 2861 |     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. | 
 | 2862 |     PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 2863 |   } | 
 | 2864 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 7e8cc57 | 2008-09-02 21:26:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2865 |   if (PrevDecl) {     | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2866 |     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2867 |       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared | 
 | 2868 |       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2869 |       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2870 |       if (TK == TK_Reference || isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2871 |         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a | 
 | 2872 |         // struct or something similar. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2873 |         if (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != Kind) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2874 |           Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2875 |           Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); | 
| Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2876 |           // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2877 |           Name = 0; | 
| Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2878 |           PrevDecl = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2879 |           Invalid = true; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2880 |         } else { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2881 |           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. | 
| Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 |           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue | 
 | 2884 |           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. | 
 | 2885 |           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will | 
 | 2886 |           // need to be changed with DeclGroups. | 
 | 2887 |           if (TK == TK_Reference) | 
| Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2888 |             return PrevDecl; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2889 |            | 
 | 2890 |           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. | 
 | 2891 |           if (TK == TK_Definition) { | 
 | 2892 |             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition(Context)) { | 
 | 2893 |               Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; | 
 | 2894 |               Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2895 |               // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this | 
 | 2896 |               // struct be anonymous, which will make any later | 
 | 2897 |               // references get the previous definition. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 |               Name = 0; | 
 | 2899 |               PrevDecl = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2900 |               Invalid = true; | 
 | 2901 |             } else { | 
 | 2902 |               // If the type is currently being defined, complain | 
 | 2903 |               // about a nested redefinition. | 
 | 2904 |               TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); | 
 | 2905 |               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { | 
 | 2906 |                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; | 
 | 2907 |                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),  | 
 | 2908 |                      diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 | 2909 |                 Name = 0; | 
 | 2910 |                 PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 2911 |                 Invalid = true; | 
 | 2912 |               } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2913 |             } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2914 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2915 |             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced | 
 | 2916 |             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 |           } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2918 |         } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2919 |         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we | 
 | 2920 |         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.         | 
 | 2921 |       } else { | 
 | 2922 |         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested | 
 | 2923 |         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a  | 
 | 2924 |         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities | 
 | 2925 |         // have distinct types. | 
 | 2926 |         PrevDecl = 0; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2927 |       } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2928 |       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl | 
 | 2929 |       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by | 
 | 2930 |       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2931 |     } else { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2932 |       // PrevDecl is a namespace, template, or anything else | 
 | 2933 |       // that lives in the IDNS_Tag identifier namespace. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2934 |       if (isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { | 
| Ted Kremenek | a89d197 | 2008-09-03 18:03:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2935 |         // The tag name clashes with a namespace name, issue an error and | 
 | 2936 |         // recover by making this tag be anonymous. | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2937 |         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2938 |         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | b02ef24 | 2008-07-16 07:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2939 |         Name = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2940 |         PrevDecl = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 |         Invalid = true; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2942 |       } else { | 
 | 2943 |         // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a | 
 | 2944 |         // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. | 
 | 2945 |         PrevDecl = 0; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | b02ef24 | 2008-07-16 07:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2946 |       } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2947 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2948 |   } else if (TK == TK_Reference && SS.isEmpty() && Name && | 
 | 2949 |              (Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum))  { | 
 | 2950 |     // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: | 
 | 2951 |     //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form  | 
 | 2952 |     // | 
 | 2953 |     //          class-key identifier | 
 | 2954 |     // | 
 | 2955 |     //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the | 
 | 2956 |     //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a | 
 | 2957 |     //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is | 
 | 2958 |     //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains | 
 | 2959 |     //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend | 
 | 2960 |     //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest | 
 | 2961 |     //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the | 
 | 2962 |     //      declaration. | 
 | 2963 |     // | 
 | 2964 |     // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for | 
 | 2965 |     // C structs and unions. | 
 | 2966 |  | 
 | 2967 |     // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 |     // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the | 
 | 2969 |     // lexical context,  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2970 |     while (SearchDC->isRecord()) | 
 | 2971 |       SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2972 |  | 
 | 2973 |     // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. | 
 | 2974 |     while (S->isClassScope() ||  | 
 | 2975 |            (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2976 |            ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || | 
 | 2977 |            (S->getEntity() &&  | 
 | 2978 |             ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2979 |       S = S->getParent(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2980 |   } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2981 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | cc98eac | 2008-12-17 07:13:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2982 | CreateNewDecl: | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2983 |    | 
 | 2984 |   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the | 
 | 2985 |   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union | 
 | 2986 |   // keyword. | 
 | 2987 |   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; | 
 | 2988 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2989 |   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous | 
 | 2990 |   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via | 
 | 2991 |   // PrevDecl. | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2992 |   TagDecl *New; | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2993 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2994 |   if (Kind == TagDecl::TK_enum) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2995 |     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: | 
 | 2996 |     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2997 |     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name,  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2998 |                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2999 |     // If this is an undefined enum, warn. | 
 | 3000 |     if (TK != TK_Definition) Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3001 |   } else { | 
 | 3002 |     // struct/union/class | 
 | 3003 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3004 |     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: | 
 | 3005 |     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3006 |     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
| Ted Kremenek | 2b345eb | 2008-09-05 17:39:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3007 |       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3008 |       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3009 |                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3010 |     else | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3011 |       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3012 |                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3013 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3014 |  | 
 | 3015 |   if (Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum) { | 
 | 3016 |     // Handle #pragma pack: if the #pragma pack stack has non-default | 
 | 3017 |     // alignment, make up a packed attribute for this decl. These | 
 | 3018 |     // attributes are checked when the ASTContext lays out the | 
 | 3019 |     // structure. | 
 | 3020 |     // | 
 | 3021 |     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this | 
 | 3022 |     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is | 
 | 3023 |     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at | 
 | 3024 |     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because | 
 | 3025 |     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the | 
 | 3026 |     // parsing of the struct). | 
 | 3027 |     if (unsigned Alignment = PackContext.getAlignment()) | 
 | 3028 |       New->addAttr(new PackedAttr(Alignment * 8)); | 
 | 3029 |   } | 
 | 3030 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3031 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && SS.isEmpty() && Name && !Invalid) { | 
 | 3032 |     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p3: | 
 | 3033 |     //   [...] Similarly, in a given scope, a class or enumeration | 
 | 3034 |     //   shall not be declared with the same name as a typedef-name | 
 | 3035 |     //   that is declared in that scope and refers to a type other | 
 | 3036 |     //   than the class or enumeration itself. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3037 |     LookupResult Lookup = LookupName(S, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3038 |     TypedefDecl *PrevTypedef = 0; | 
 | 3039 |     if (Lookup.getKind() == LookupResult::Found) | 
 | 3040 |       PrevTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Lookup.getAsDecl()); | 
 | 3041 |  | 
 | 3042 |     if (PrevTypedef && isDeclInScope(PrevTypedef, SearchDC, S) && | 
 | 3043 |         Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(PrevTypedef)) != | 
 | 3044 |           Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(New))) { | 
 | 3045 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) | 
 | 3046 |         << Context.getTypeDeclType(New) | 
 | 3047 |         << PrevTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); | 
 | 3048 |       Diag(PrevTypedef->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 | 3049 |       Invalid = true; | 
 | 3050 |     } | 
 | 3051 |   } | 
 | 3052 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3053 |   if (Invalid) | 
 | 3054 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3055 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3056 |   if (Attr) | 
 | 3057 |     ProcessDeclAttributeList(New, Attr); | 
 | 3058 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3059 |   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope | 
 | 3060 |   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3061 |   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 3062 |     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); | 
 | 3063 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3064 |   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the | 
 | 3065 |   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3066 |   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3067 |  | 
 | 3068 |   if (TK == TK_Definition) | 
 | 3069 |     New->startDefinition(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3070 |    | 
 | 3071 |   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. | 
 | 3072 |   if (Name) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3073 |     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3074 |     PushOnScopeChains(New, S); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3075 |   } else { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3076 |     CurContext->addDecl(New); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3077 |   } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 5239304 | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3078 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3079 |   return New; | 
 | 3080 | } | 
 | 3081 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3082 | void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, DeclTy *TagD) { | 
 | 3083 |   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>((Decl *)TagD); | 
 | 3084 |  | 
 | 3085 |   // Enter the tag context. | 
 | 3086 |   PushDeclContext(S, Tag); | 
 | 3087 |  | 
 | 3088 |   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { | 
 | 3089 |     FieldCollector->StartClass(); | 
 | 3090 |  | 
 | 3091 |     if (Record->getIdentifier()) { | 
 | 3092 |       // C++ [class]p2:  | 
 | 3093 |       //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the | 
 | 3094 |       //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For | 
 | 3095 |       //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated | 
 | 3096 |       //   as if it were a public member name. | 
 | 3097 |       RecordDecl *InjectedClassName | 
 | 3098 |         = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), | 
 | 3099 |                                 CurContext, Record->getLocation(), | 
 | 3100 |                                 Record->getIdentifier(), Record); | 
 | 3101 |       InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); | 
 | 3102 |       PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); | 
 | 3103 |     } | 
 | 3104 |   } | 
 | 3105 | } | 
 | 3106 |  | 
 | 3107 | void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, DeclTy *TagD) { | 
 | 3108 |   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>((Decl *)TagD); | 
 | 3109 |  | 
 | 3110 |   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) | 
 | 3111 |     FieldCollector->FinishClass(); | 
 | 3112 |  | 
 | 3113 |   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. | 
 | 3114 |   PopDeclContext(); | 
 | 3115 |  | 
 | 3116 |   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. | 
 | 3117 |   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); | 
 | 3118 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 5a6ddbf | 2008-06-21 19:39:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3119 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1d353ba | 2008-11-12 21:17:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3120 | /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array | 
 | 3121 | /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise | 
 | 3122 | /// be errors (for GCC compatibility). | 
 | 3123 | static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, | 
 | 3124 |                                                     ASTContext &Context) { | 
| Eli Friedman | 1b76ada | 2008-06-03 21:01:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3125 |   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant | 
 | 3126 |   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary | 
 | 3127 |   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy | 
 | 3128 |   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} | 
| Chris Lattner | 57d5788 | 2008-11-12 19:48:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3129 |   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); | 
 | 3130 |   if (!VLATy) return QualType(); | 
 | 3131 |    | 
| Anders Carlsson | 1c0cfd4 | 2008-12-19 20:58:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3132 |   Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; | 
| Chris Lattner | 57d5788 | 2008-11-12 19:48:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3133 |   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || | 
| Anders Carlsson | 1c0cfd4 | 2008-12-19 20:58:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3134 |       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context)) | 
| Chris Lattner | 57d5788 | 2008-11-12 19:48:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3135 |     return QualType(); | 
 | 3136 |      | 
| Anders Carlsson | 1c0cfd4 | 2008-12-19 20:58:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3137 |   assert(EvalResult.Val.isInt() && "Size expressions must be integers!"); | 
 | 3138 |   llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); | 
| Nuno Lopes | 1dfa6e1 | 2009-02-02 22:32:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3139 |   if (Res >= llvm::APSInt(Res.getBitWidth(), Res.isUnsigned())) | 
 | 3140 |     return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), | 
 | 3141 |                                         Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); | 
 | 3142 |   return QualType(); | 
| Eli Friedman | 1b76ada | 2008-06-03 21:01:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3143 | } | 
 | 3144 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3145 | bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,  | 
| Chris Lattner | cd08707 | 2008-12-12 04:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3146 |                           QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3147 |   // FIXME: 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. | 
 | 3148 |    | 
 | 3149 |   llvm::APSInt Value; | 
 | 3150 |   if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) | 
 | 3151 |     return true; | 
 | 3152 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | cd08707 | 2008-12-12 04:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3153 |   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. | 
 | 3154 |   if (Value == 0 && FieldName) | 
 | 3155 |     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; | 
 | 3156 |    | 
 | 3157 |   if (Value.isNegative()) | 
 | 3158 |     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) << FieldName; | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3159 |  | 
 | 3160 |   uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); | 
 | 3161 |   // FIXME: We won't need the 0 size once we check that the field type is valid. | 
| Chris Lattner | cd08707 | 2008-12-12 04:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3162 |   if (TypeSize && Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) | 
 | 3163 |     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) | 
 | 3164 |        << FieldName << (unsigned)TypeSize; | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3165 |  | 
 | 3166 |   return false; | 
 | 3167 | } | 
 | 3168 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3169 | /// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3170 | /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3171 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, DeclTy *TagD, | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3172 |                                SourceLocation DeclStart,  | 
 | 3173 |                                Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { | 
 | 3174 |   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); | 
 | 3175 |   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3176 |   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3177 |   RecordDecl *Record = (RecordDecl *)TagD; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3178 |   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); | 
 | 3179 |    | 
 | 3180 |   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for | 
 | 3181 |   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3182 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3183 |   QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); | 
| Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3184 |   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); | 
 | 3185 |   bool InvalidDecl = false; | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3187 |   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other | 
 | 3188 |   // than a variably modified type. | 
| Eli Friedman | 9db1397 | 2008-02-15 12:53:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3189 |   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 1d353ba | 2008-11-12 21:17:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3190 |     QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context); | 
| Eli Friedman | 1b76ada | 2008-06-03 21:01:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3191 |     if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 23cd0d9 | 2008-11-13 18:49:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3192 |       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); | 
| Eli Friedman | 1b76ada | 2008-06-03 21:01:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3193 |       T = FixedTy; | 
 | 3194 |     } else { | 
| Chris Lattner | 23cd0d9 | 2008-11-13 18:49:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3195 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); | 
| Chris Lattner | 3ab5543 | 2008-11-12 19:45:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3196 |       T = Context.IntTy; | 
| Eli Friedman | 1b76ada | 2008-06-03 21:01:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3197 |       InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 3198 |     } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3199 |   } | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3200 |    | 
 | 3201 |   if (BitWidth) { | 
 | 3202 |     if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) | 
 | 3203 |       InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 3204 |   } else { | 
 | 3205 |     // Not a bitfield. | 
 | 3206 |  | 
 | 3207 |     // validate II. | 
 | 3208 |      | 
 | 3209 |   } | 
 | 3210 |    | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3211 |   // FIXME: Chain fielddecls together. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3212 |   FieldDecl *NewFD; | 
 | 3213 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3214 |   NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, | 
 | 3215 |                             Loc, II, T, BitWidth, | 
 | 3216 |                             D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3217 |                               DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3218 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3219 |   if (II) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3220 |     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupMemberName, true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3221 |     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) | 
 | 3222 |         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | 
 | 3223 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; | 
 | 3224 |       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 | 3225 |       NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3226 |       Record->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3227 |     } | 
 | 3228 |   } | 
 | 3229 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3230 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3231 |     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3232 |     if (!T->isPODType()) | 
 | 3233 |       cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->setPOD(false); | 
 | 3234 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3235 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3ff30c8 | 2008-06-29 00:02:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3236 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(NewFD, D); | 
| Anders Carlsson | ad14806 | 2008-02-16 00:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3237 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3238 |   if (D.getInvalidType() || InvalidDecl) | 
 | 3239 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3240 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3241 |   if (II) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3242 |     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3243 |   } else | 
| Douglas Gregor | 482b77d | 2009-01-12 23:27:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3244 |     Record->addDecl(NewFD); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3245 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3246 |   return NewFD; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3247 | } | 
 | 3248 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 89204a1 | 2007-10-01 16:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3249 | /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an  | 
 | 3250 | ///  AST enum value. | 
| Ted Kremenek | a526c5c | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3251 | static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 89204a1 | 2007-10-01 16:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3252 | TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { | 
| Steve Naroff | f13271f | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3253 |   switch (ivarVisibility) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 33d34a6 | 2008-10-12 00:28:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3254 |   default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); | 
 | 3255 |   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; | 
 | 3256 |   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; | 
 | 3257 |   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; | 
 | 3258 |   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; | 
| Steve Naroff | f13271f | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3259 |   } | 
 | 3260 | } | 
 | 3261 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 45bc03f | 2008-04-11 16:55:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3262 | /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this  | 
 | 3263 | /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3264 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 45bc03f | 2008-04-11 16:55:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3265 |                               SourceLocation DeclStart,  | 
 | 3266 |                               Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, | 
 | 3267 |                               tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3268 |    | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3269 |   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); | 
 | 3270 |   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; | 
 | 3271 |   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; | 
 | 3272 |   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); | 
 | 3273 |    | 
 | 3274 |   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for | 
 | 3275 |   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! | 
 | 3276 |    | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3277 |   QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); | 
 | 3278 |   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); | 
 | 3279 |   bool InvalidDecl = false; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3280 |    | 
 | 3281 |   if (BitWidth) { | 
 | 3282 |     // TODO: Validate. | 
 | 3283 |     //printf("WARNING: BITFIELDS IGNORED!\n"); | 
 | 3284 |      | 
 | 3285 |     // 6.7.2.1p3 | 
 | 3286 |     // 6.7.2.1p4 | 
 | 3287 |      | 
 | 3288 |   } else { | 
 | 3289 |     // Not a bitfield. | 
 | 3290 |      | 
 | 3291 |     // validate II. | 
 | 3292 |      | 
 | 3293 |   } | 
 | 3294 |    | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3295 |   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other | 
 | 3296 |   // than a variably modified type. | 
 | 3297 |   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 96e05bc | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3298 |     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3299 |     InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 3300 |   } | 
 | 3301 |    | 
| Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3302 |   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. | 
 | 3303 |   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =  | 
 | 3304 |     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) | 
 | 3305 |                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None; | 
 | 3306 |  | 
 | 3307 |   // Construct the decl. | 
 | 3308 |   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, Loc, II, T, ac,                                              | 
| Steve Naroff | 8f3b265 | 2008-07-16 18:22:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3309 |                                              (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3310 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3311 |   if (II) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3312 |     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupMemberName, true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3313 |     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) | 
 | 3314 |         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | 
 | 3315 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; | 
 | 3316 |       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 | 3317 |       NewID->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3318 |     } | 
 | 3319 |   } | 
 | 3320 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3321 |   // Process attributes attached to the ivar. | 
| Chris Lattner | 3ff30c8 | 2008-06-29 00:02:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3322 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(NewID, D); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3323 |    | 
 | 3324 |   if (D.getInvalidType() || InvalidDecl) | 
 | 3325 |     NewID->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3326 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3327 |   if (II) { | 
 | 3328 |     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add | 
 | 3329 |     // these to the interface. | 
 | 3330 |     S->AddDecl(NewID); | 
 | 3331 |     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); | 
 | 3332 |   } | 
 | 3333 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3334 |   return NewID; | 
 | 3335 | } | 
 | 3336 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 9d048ff | 2007-09-29 00:54:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3337 | void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 3f5faf7 | 2007-10-04 00:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3338 |                        SourceLocation RecLoc, DeclTy *RecDecl, | 
| Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3339 |                        DeclTy **Fields, unsigned NumFields, | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 1bfe1c2 | 2008-10-03 02:03:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3340 |                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d07664 | 2008-10-03 17:33:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3341 |                        AttributeList *Attr) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3342 |   Decl *EnclosingDecl = static_cast<Decl*>(RecDecl); | 
 | 3343 |   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); | 
 | 3344 |   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); | 
 | 3345 |    | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3346 |   // Verify that all the fields are okay. | 
 | 3347 |   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; | 
 | 3348 |   llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3349 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3350 |   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3351 |     FieldDecl *FD = cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(Fields[i])); | 
 | 3352 |     assert(FD && "missing field decl"); | 
 | 3353 |      | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3354 |     // Get the type for the field. | 
| Chris Lattner | 02c642e | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3355 |     Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3356 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3357 |     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3358 |       // Remember all fields written by the user. | 
 | 3359 |       RecFields.push_back(FD); | 
 | 3360 |     } | 
| Steve Naroff | f13271f | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3361 |        | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3362 |     // C99 6.7.2.1p2 - A field may not be a function type. | 
| Chris Lattner | 02c642e | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3363 |     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3364 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3365 |         << FD->getDeclName(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3366 |       FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3367 |       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3368 |       continue; | 
 | 3369 |     } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3370 |     // C99 6.7.2.1p2 - A field may not be an incomplete type except... | 
 | 3371 |     if (FDTy->isIncompleteType()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e267ab6 | 2007-09-14 16:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3372 |       if (!Record) {  // Incomplete ivar type is always an error. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3373 |         DiagnoseIncompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),  | 
 | 3374 |                                diag::err_field_incomplete); | 
| Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3375 |         FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3376 |         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 3f5faf7 | 2007-10-04 00:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3377 |         continue; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e267ab6 | 2007-09-14 16:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3378 |       } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3379 |       if (i != NumFields-1 ||                   // ... that the last member ... | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3380 |           !Record->isStruct() ||  // ... of a structure ... | 
| Chris Lattner | 02c642e | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3381 |           !FDTy->isArrayType()) {         //... may have incomplete array type. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3382 |         DiagnoseIncompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),  | 
 | 3383 |                                diag::err_field_incomplete); | 
| Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3384 |         FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3385 |         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3386 |         continue; | 
 | 3387 |       } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e267ab6 | 2007-09-14 16:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3388 |       if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {  //... must have more than named member ... | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3389 |         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3390 |           << FD->getDeclName(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3391 |         FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3392 |         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3393 |         continue; | 
 | 3394 |       } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3395 |       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e267ab6 | 2007-09-14 16:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3396 |       if (Record) | 
 | 3397 |         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3398 |     } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3399 |     /// C99 6.7.2.1p2 - a struct ending in a flexible array member cannot be the | 
 | 3400 |     /// field of another structure or the element of an array. | 
| Chris Lattner | 02c642e | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3401 |     if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAsRecordType()) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3402 |       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { | 
 | 3403 |         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3404 |         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3405 |           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); | 
 | 3406 |         } else { | 
 | 3407 |           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject | 
 | 3408 |           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of | 
 | 3409 |           // structures. | 
 | 3410 |           if (i != NumFields-1) { | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3411 |             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_variable_sized_type_in_struct) | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3412 |               << FD->getDeclName(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3413 |             FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3414 |             EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3415 |             continue; | 
 | 3416 |           } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3417 |           // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in other structs | 
 | 3418 |           // as an extension. | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3419 |           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3420 |             << FD->getDeclName(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 3f5faf7 | 2007-10-04 00:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3421 |           if (Record) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e267ab6 | 2007-09-14 16:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3422 |             Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3423 |         } | 
 | 3424 |       } | 
 | 3425 |     } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e7f64cc | 2007-10-12 22:10:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3426 |     /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object | 
| Ted Kremenek | a526c5c | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3427 |     if (FDTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3428 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) | 
| Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3429 |         << FD->getDeclName(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e7f64cc | 2007-10-12 22:10:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3430 |       FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3431 |       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3432 |       continue; | 
 | 3433 |     } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3434 |     // Keep track of the number of named members. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3435 |     if (FD->getIdentifier()) | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3436 |       ++NumNamedMembers; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3437 |   } | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3438 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3439 |   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. | 
| Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3440 |   if (Record) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3441 |     Record->completeDefinition(Context); | 
| Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3442 |   } else { | 
| Chris Lattner | a91d381 | 2008-02-05 22:40:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3443 |     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(&RecFields[0]); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 60f8c86 | 2008-12-13 20:28:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3444 |     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | a91d381 | 2008-02-05 22:40:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3445 |       ID->addInstanceVariablesToClass(ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 3281eff | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3446 |       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be | 
 | 3447 |       // duplicates. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 375d37c | 2008-12-17 22:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3448 |       if (ID->getSuperClass()) { | 
 | 3449 |         for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator IVI = ID->ivar_begin(),  | 
 | 3450 |              IVE = ID->ivar_end(); IVI != IVE; ++IVI) { | 
 | 3451 |           ObjCIvarDecl* Ivar = (*IVI); | 
 | 3452 |           IdentifierInfo *II = Ivar->getIdentifier(); | 
 | 3453 |           ObjCIvarDecl* prevIvar = ID->getSuperClass()->FindIvarDeclaration(II); | 
 | 3454 |           if (prevIvar) { | 
 | 3455 |             Diag(Ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3456 |             Diag(prevIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 3281eff | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3457 |           } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 375d37c | 2008-12-17 22:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3458 |         } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 3281eff | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3459 |       } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 60f8c86 | 2008-12-13 20:28:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3460 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | a91d381 | 2008-02-05 22:40:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3461 |     else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =  | 
 | 3462 |                dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { | 
| Ted Kremenek | a526c5c | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3463 |       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); | 
 | 3464 |       IMPDecl->ObjCAddInstanceVariablesToClassImpl(ClsFields, RecFields.size()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 3a3ca1b | 2007-10-31 18:48:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3465 |       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | d0b90bf | 2007-09-26 18:27:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3466 |     } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b04a021 | 2007-09-14 21:08:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3467 |   } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d07664 | 2008-10-03 17:33:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3468 |  | 
 | 3469 |   if (Attr) | 
 | 3470 |     ProcessDeclAttributeList(Record, Attr); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3471 | } | 
 | 3472 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3473 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, DeclTy *theEnumDecl, | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3474 |                                       DeclTy *lastEnumConst, | 
 | 3475 |                                       SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, | 
 | 3476 |                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3477 |   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(theEnumDecl)); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3478 |   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = | 
 | 3479 |     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(lastEnumConst)); | 
 | 3480 |   Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); | 
 | 3481 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3482 |   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until | 
 | 3483 |   // we find one that is. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3484 |   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); | 
| Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3485 |    | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3486 |   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this | 
 | 3487 |   // scope. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3488 |   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, Id, LookupOrdinaryName); | 
| Douglas Gregor | f57172b | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3489 |   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3490 |     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. | 
 | 3491 |     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); | 
 | 3492 |     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. | 
 | 3493 |     PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 3494 |   } | 
 | 3495 |  | 
 | 3496 |   if (PrevDecl) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0ff12f0 | 2008-07-16 21:01:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3497 |     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the | 
 | 3498 |     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. | 
 | 3499 |     assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && | 
 | 3500 |            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 15a12d0 | 2008-09-09 21:18:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3501 |     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3502 |       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3503 |         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3504 |       else | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3505 |         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3506 |       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3507 |       delete Val; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3508 |       return 0; | 
 | 3509 |     } | 
 | 3510 |   } | 
 | 3511 |  | 
 | 3512 |   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(32); | 
 | 3513 |   QualType EltTy; | 
 | 3514 |   if (Val) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 421a23d | 2007-08-27 21:16:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3515 |     // Make sure to promote the operand type to int. | 
 | 3516 |     UsualUnaryConversions(Val); | 
 | 3517 |      | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3518 |     // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. | 
 | 3519 |     SourceLocation ExpLoc; | 
| Anders Carlsson | 49184b2 | 2008-12-05 16:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3520 |     if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3521 |       delete Val; | 
| Chris Lattner | b7416f9 | 2007-08-27 17:37:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3522 |       Val = 0;  // Just forget about it. | 
| Chris Lattner | e9ca851 | 2007-08-29 16:03:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3523 |     } else { | 
 | 3524 |       EltTy = Val->getType(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3525 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | b7416f9 | 2007-08-27 17:37:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3526 |   } | 
 | 3527 |    | 
 | 3528 |   if (!Val) { | 
 | 3529 |     if (LastEnumConst) { | 
 | 3530 |       // Assign the last value + 1. | 
 | 3531 |       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); | 
 | 3532 |       ++EnumVal; | 
| Chris Lattner | 421a23d | 2007-08-27 21:16:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3533 |  | 
 | 3534 |       // Check for overflow on increment. | 
 | 3535 |       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) | 
 | 3536 |         Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); | 
 | 3537 |        | 
| Chris Lattner | b7416f9 | 2007-08-27 17:37:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3538 |       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); | 
 | 3539 |     } else { | 
 | 3540 |       // First value, set to zero. | 
 | 3541 |       EltTy = Context.IntTy; | 
| Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3542 |       EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(static_cast<uint32_t>(Context.getTypeSize(EltTy))); | 
| Chris Lattner | b7416f9 | 2007-08-27 17:37:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3543 |     } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3544 |   } | 
 | 3545 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | 6c2b6eb | 2008-03-15 06:12:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3546 |   EnumConstantDecl *New =  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3547 |     EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, TheEnumDecl, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3548 |                              Val, EnumVal); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3549 |    | 
 | 3550 |   // Register this decl in the current scope stack. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3551 |   PushOnScopeChains(New, S); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 45579f5 | 2008-12-17 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3552 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3553 |   return New; | 
 | 3554 | } | 
 | 3555 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 02408c6 | 2008-08-07 14:08:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3556 | // FIXME: For consistency with ActOnFields(), we should have the parser | 
 | 3557 | // pass in the source location for the left/right braces. | 
| Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3558 | void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, DeclTy *EnumDeclX, | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3559 |                          DeclTy **Elements, unsigned NumElements) { | 
 | 3560 |   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(EnumDeclX)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3561 |   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3562 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | e37f0be | 2007-08-28 05:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3563 |   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long | 
 | 3564 |   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, | 
 | 3565 |   // emit a warning. | 
| Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3566 |   unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); | 
| Chris Lattner | e37f0be | 2007-08-28 05:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3567 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3568 |   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and | 
 | 3569 |   // reverse the list. | 
 | 3570 |   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; | 
 | 3571 |   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; | 
 | 3572 |    | 
 | 3573 |   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. | 
 | 3574 |   bool AllElementsInt = true; | 
 | 3575 |    | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3576 |   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { | 
 | 3577 |     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = | 
 | 3578 |       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(Elements[i])); | 
 | 3579 |     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic. | 
| Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3580 |      | 
 | 3581 |     // If the enum value doesn't fit in an int, emit an extension warning. | 
| Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3582 |     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); | 
| Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3583 |     assert(InitVal.getBitWidth() >= IntWidth && | 
 | 3584 |            "Should have promoted value to int"); | 
| Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3585 |     if (InitVal.getBitWidth() > IntWidth) { | 
 | 3586 |       llvm::APSInt V(InitVal); | 
 | 3587 |       V.trunc(IntWidth); | 
 | 3588 |       V.extend(InitVal.getBitWidth()); | 
 | 3589 |       if (V != InitVal) | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3590 |         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) | 
 | 3591 |           << InitVal.toString(10); | 
| Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3592 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3593 |      | 
 | 3594 |     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. | 
| Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3595 |     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 21dd821 | 2008-01-14 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3596 |       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, | 
 | 3597 |                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3598 |     else | 
| Chris Lattner | 21dd821 | 2008-01-14 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3599 |       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, | 
 | 3600 |                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3601 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3602 |     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). | 
 | 3603 |     if (AllElementsInt) | 
 | 3604 |       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3605 |   } | 
 | 3606 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3607 |   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. | 
 | 3608 |   // FIXME: Support attribute(packed) on enums and -fshort-enums. | 
 | 3609 |   QualType BestType; | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3610 |   unsigned BestWidth; | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3611 |    | 
 | 3612 |   if (NumNegativeBits) { | 
 | 3613 |     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of  | 
 | 3614 |     // int/long/longlong) that fits. | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3615 |     if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3616 |       BestType = Context.IntTy; | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3617 |       BestWidth = IntWidth; | 
 | 3618 |     } else { | 
| Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3619 |       BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 9c728dc | 2007-12-12 22:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3620 |        | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3621 |       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3622 |         BestType = Context.LongTy; | 
 | 3623 |       else { | 
| Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3624 |         BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 9c728dc | 2007-12-12 22:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3625 |          | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3626 |         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3627 |           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); | 
 | 3628 |         BestType = Context.LongLongTy; | 
 | 3629 |       } | 
 | 3630 |     } | 
 | 3631 |   } else { | 
 | 3632 |     // If there is no negative value, figure out which of uint, ulong, ulonglong | 
 | 3633 |     // fits. | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3634 |     if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3635 |       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3636 |       BestWidth = IntWidth; | 
 | 3637 |     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= | 
| Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3638 |                (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3639 |       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; | 
| Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3640 |     } else { | 
 | 3641 |       BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3642 |       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3643 |              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); | 
 | 3644 |       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; | 
 | 3645 |     } | 
 | 3646 |   } | 
 | 3647 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3648 |   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match | 
 | 3649 |   // the type of the enum if needed. | 
 | 3650 |   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { | 
 | 3651 |     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = | 
 | 3652 |       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(Elements[i])); | 
 | 3653 |     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic. | 
 | 3654 |  | 
 | 3655 |     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an | 
 | 3656 |     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each | 
 | 3657 |     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the | 
 | 3658 |     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" | 
 | 3659 |     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. | 
| Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3660 |     if (ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy) { | 
 | 3661 |       // Make sure the init value is signed. | 
 | 3662 |       llvm::APSInt IV = ECD->getInitVal(); | 
 | 3663 |       IV.setIsSigned(true); | 
 | 3664 |       ECD->setInitVal(IV); | 
| Douglas Gregor | c9467cf | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3665 |  | 
 | 3666 |       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 3667 |         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an | 
 | 3668 |         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its | 
 | 3669 |         // enumeration.  | 
 | 3670 |         ECD->setType(EnumType); | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3671 |       continue;  // Already int type. | 
| Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3672 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3673 |  | 
 | 3674 |     // Determine whether the value fits into an int. | 
 | 3675 |     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); | 
 | 3676 |     bool FitsInInt; | 
 | 3677 |     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || !InitVal.isNegative()) | 
 | 3678 |       FitsInInt = InitVal.getActiveBits() < IntWidth; | 
 | 3679 |     else | 
 | 3680 |       FitsInInt = InitVal.getMinSignedBits() <= IntWidth; | 
 | 3681 |  | 
 | 3682 |     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match | 
 | 3683 |     // the enum decl type. | 
 | 3684 |     QualType NewTy; | 
 | 3685 |     unsigned NewWidth; | 
 | 3686 |     bool NewSign; | 
 | 3687 |     if (FitsInInt) { | 
 | 3688 |       NewTy = Context.IntTy; | 
 | 3689 |       NewWidth = IntWidth; | 
 | 3690 |       NewSign = true; | 
 | 3691 |     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { | 
 | 3692 |       // Already the right type! | 
| Douglas Gregor | c9467cf | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3693 |       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 3694 |         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an | 
 | 3695 |         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its | 
 | 3696 |         // enumeration.  | 
 | 3697 |         ECD->setType(EnumType); | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3698 |       continue; | 
 | 3699 |     } else { | 
 | 3700 |       NewTy = BestType; | 
 | 3701 |       NewWidth = BestWidth; | 
 | 3702 |       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); | 
 | 3703 |     } | 
 | 3704 |  | 
 | 3705 |     // Adjust the APSInt value. | 
 | 3706 |     InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); | 
 | 3707 |     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); | 
 | 3708 |     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); | 
 | 3709 |      | 
 | 3710 |     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. | 
| Chris Lattner | 13fd416 | 2009-01-15 19:19:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3711 |     if (ECD->getInitExpr()) | 
 | 3712 |       ECD->setInitExpr(new ImplicitCastExpr(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr(),  | 
 | 3713 |                                             /*isLvalue=*/false)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | c9467cf | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3714 |     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 3715 |       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an | 
 | 3716 |       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its | 
 | 3717 |       // enumeration.  | 
 | 3718 |       ECD->setType(EnumType); | 
 | 3719 |     else | 
 | 3720 |       ECD->setType(NewTy); | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3721 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3722 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3723 |   Enum->completeDefinition(Context, BestType); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3724 | } | 
 | 3725 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | dfab6cb | 2008-02-08 00:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3726 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, | 
| Sebastian Redl | 798d119 | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3727 |                                           ExprArg expr) { | 
 | 3728 |   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>((Expr*)expr.release()); | 
 | 3729 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3730 |   return FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, AsmString); | 
| Anders Carlsson | dfab6cb | 2008-02-08 00:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3731 | } | 
 | 3732 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | f44515a | 2008-12-16 22:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3733 |  | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 4cde927 | 2008-10-14 05:35:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3734 | void Sema::ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, IdentifierInfo *Name,  | 
 | 3735 |                            ExprTy *alignment, SourceLocation PragmaLoc,  | 
 | 3736 |                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | 
 | 3737 |   Expr *Alignment = static_cast<Expr *>(alignment); | 
 | 3738 |  | 
 | 3739 |   // If specified then alignment must be a "small" power of two. | 
 | 3740 |   unsigned AlignmentVal = 0; | 
 | 3741 |   if (Alignment) { | 
 | 3742 |     llvm::APSInt Val; | 
 | 3743 |     if (!Alignment->isIntegerConstantExpr(Val, Context) || | 
 | 3744 |         !Val.isPowerOf2() || | 
 | 3745 |         Val.getZExtValue() > 16) { | 
 | 3746 |       Diag(PragmaLoc, diag::warn_pragma_pack_invalid_alignment); | 
 | 3747 |       delete Alignment; | 
 | 3748 |       return; // Ignore | 
 | 3749 |     } | 
 | 3750 |  | 
 | 3751 |     AlignmentVal = (unsigned) Val.getZExtValue(); | 
 | 3752 |   } | 
 | 3753 |  | 
 | 3754 |   switch (Kind) { | 
 | 3755 |   case Action::PPK_Default: // pack([n]) | 
 | 3756 |     PackContext.setAlignment(AlignmentVal); | 
 | 3757 |     break; | 
 | 3758 |  | 
 | 3759 |   case Action::PPK_Show: // pack(show) | 
 | 3760 |     // Show the current alignment, making sure to show the right value | 
 | 3761 |     // for the default. | 
 | 3762 |     AlignmentVal = PackContext.getAlignment(); | 
 | 3763 |     // FIXME: This should come from the target. | 
 | 3764 |     if (AlignmentVal == 0) | 
 | 3765 |       AlignmentVal = 8; | 
| Chris Lattner | 8365223 | 2008-11-19 07:25:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3766 |     Diag(PragmaLoc, diag::warn_pragma_pack_show) << AlignmentVal; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 4cde927 | 2008-10-14 05:35:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3767 |     break; | 
 | 3768 |  | 
 | 3769 |   case Action::PPK_Push: // pack(push [, id] [, [n]) | 
 | 3770 |     PackContext.push(Name); | 
 | 3771 |     // Set the new alignment if specified. | 
 | 3772 |     if (Alignment) | 
 | 3773 |       PackContext.setAlignment(AlignmentVal);     | 
 | 3774 |     break; | 
 | 3775 |  | 
 | 3776 |   case Action::PPK_Pop: // pack(pop [, id] [,  n]) | 
 | 3777 |     // MSDN, C/C++ Preprocessor Reference > Pragma Directives > pack: | 
 | 3778 |     // "#pragma pack(pop, identifier, n) is undefined" | 
 | 3779 |     if (Alignment && Name) | 
 | 3780 |       Diag(PragmaLoc, diag::warn_pragma_pack_pop_identifer_and_alignment);     | 
 | 3781 |      | 
 | 3782 |     // Do the pop. | 
 | 3783 |     if (!PackContext.pop(Name)) { | 
 | 3784 |       // If a name was specified then failure indicates the name | 
 | 3785 |       // wasn't found. Otherwise failure indicates the stack was | 
 | 3786 |       // empty. | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3787 |       Diag(PragmaLoc, diag::warn_pragma_pack_pop_failed) | 
 | 3788 |         << (Name ? "no record matching name" : "stack empty"); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 4cde927 | 2008-10-14 05:35:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3789 |  | 
 | 3790 |       // FIXME: Warn about popping named records as MSVC does. | 
 | 3791 |     } else { | 
 | 3792 |       // Pop succeeded, set the new alignment if specified. | 
 | 3793 |       if (Alignment) | 
 | 3794 |         PackContext.setAlignment(AlignmentVal); | 
 | 3795 |     } | 
 | 3796 |     break; | 
 | 3797 |  | 
 | 3798 |   default: | 
 | 3799 |     assert(0 && "Invalid #pragma pack kind."); | 
 | 3800 |   } | 
 | 3801 | } | 
 | 3802 |  | 
 | 3803 | bool PragmaPackStack::pop(IdentifierInfo *Name) { | 
 | 3804 |   if (Stack.empty()) | 
 | 3805 |     return false; | 
 | 3806 |  | 
 | 3807 |   // If name is empty just pop top. | 
 | 3808 |   if (!Name) { | 
 | 3809 |     Alignment = Stack.back().first; | 
 | 3810 |     Stack.pop_back(); | 
 | 3811 |     return true; | 
 | 3812 |   }  | 
 | 3813 |  | 
 | 3814 |   // Otherwise, find the named record. | 
 | 3815 |   for (unsigned i = Stack.size(); i != 0; ) { | 
 | 3816 |     --i; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 0655039 | 2008-11-19 10:32:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3817 |     if (Stack[i].second == Name) { | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 4cde927 | 2008-10-14 05:35:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3818 |       // Found it, pop up to and including this record. | 
 | 3819 |       Alignment = Stack[i].first; | 
 | 3820 |       Stack.erase(Stack.begin() + i, Stack.end()); | 
 | 3821 |       return true; | 
 | 3822 |     } | 
 | 3823 |   } | 
 | 3824 |  | 
 | 3825 |   return false; | 
 | 3826 | } |